Stingray

Technical Manual
V4.5.003 March 2015
Allied Vision Technologies GmbH
Taschenweg 2a
D-07646 Stadtroda / Germany

Legal notice
For customers in the U.S.A.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a residential environment. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and usedin accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However there is no guarantee that interferences will not occur in a particular installation.
If the equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the distance between the equipment and the receiver.
• Use a different line outlet for the receiver.
• Consult a radio or TV technician for help.
You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could
void your authority to operate this equipment. The shielded interface cable recommended in thismanual must be used with this equipment in order to comply with the limits for a computing device
pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules.
For customers in CanadaThis apparatus complies with the Class B limits for radio noise emissions set out in the Radio Interference Regulations.
Pour utilisateurs au Canada
Cet appareil est conforme aux normes classe B pour bruits radioélectriques, spécifiées dans leRèglement sur le brouillage radioélectrique.
Life support applications
These products are not designed for use in life support appliances, devices, or systems where malfunction of these products can reasonably be expected to result in personal injury. Allied Vision
Technologies customers using or selling these products for use in such applications do so at theirown risk and agree to fully indemnify Allied for any damages resulting from such improper use or
sale.
Trademarks
Unless stated otherwise, all trademarks appearing in this document of Allied Vision Technologies
are brands protected by law.
Warranty
The information provided by Allied Vision Technologies is supplied without any guarantees or warranty whatsoever, be it specific or implicit. Also excluded are all implicit warranties concerning thenegotiability, the suitability for specific applications or the non-breaking of laws and patents.
Even if we assume that the information supplied to us is accurate, errors and inaccuracy may still
occur.
Copyright
All texts, pictures and graphics are protected by copyright and other laws protecting intellectual
property. It is not permitted to copy or modify them for trade use or transfer, nor may they be usedon web sites.

Allied Vision Technologies GmbH 03/2015
All rights reserved.
Managing Director: Mr. Frank GrubeTax ID: DE 184383113
Headquarters:
Taschenweg 2A
D-07646 Stadtroda, Germany
Tel.: +49 (0)36428 6770
Fax: +49 (0)36428 677-28
e-mail: info@alliedvision.com

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

2

Contents
Contacting Allied Vision ................................................................................. 11
Introduction ........................................................................................................... 12
Document history ......................................................................................................... 12
Manual overview........................................................................................................... 23
Conventions used in this manual...................................................................................... 25
Styles .................................................................................................................... 25
Symbols ................................................................................................................. 25
More information.......................................................................................................... 26
Before operation .......................................................................................................... 26

Stingray cameras ............................................................................................... 28
Conformity ............................................................................................................. 29
CE ......................................................................................................................... 29
FCC – Class B Device .................................................................................................. 29

FireWire ................................................................................................................... 30
Overview ..................................................................................................................... 30
Definition ............................................................................................................... 30
IEEE 1394 standards ................................................................................................. 30
Why use FireWire?..................................................................................................... 31
FireWire in detail .......................................................................................................... 31
Serial bus ............................................................................................................... 31
FireWire connection capabilities.................................................................................. 32
Capabilities of 1394a (FireWire 400)............................................................................. 33
IIDC V1.3 camera control standards ......................................................................... 33
Capabilities of 1394b (FireWire 800) ............................................................................ 33
IIDC V1.31 camera control standards ....................................................................... 33
Compatibility between 1394a and 1394b....................................................................... 34
Compatibility example .......................................................................................... 34
Image transfer via 1394a and 1394b ............................................................................ 351394b bandwidths.................................................................................................... 36
Requirements for PC and 1394b .............................................................................. 36
Example 1: 1394b bandwidth of Stingray cameras ...................................................... 37
Example 2: More than one Stingray camera at full speed .............................................. 37
FireWire Plug & play capabilities.................................................................................. 38
FireWire hot-plug and screw-lock precautions ................................................................ 38
Operating system support .......................................................................................... 39

Specifications ...................................................................................................... 40
Stingray F-033B/C (fiber)............................................................................................... 40
Stingray F-046B/C (fiber)............................................................................................... 42
Stingray F-080B/C (fiber)............................................................................................... 43

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

3

Stingray F-125B/C (fiber)............................................................................................... 45
Stingray F-145B/C (fiber)............................................................................................... 47
Stingray F-146B/C (fiber)............................................................................................... 49
Stingray F-201B/C (fiber)............................................................................................... 51
Stingray F-504B/C (fiber)............................................................................................... 53
Spectral sensitivity ....................................................................................................... 54

Camera dimensions .......................................................................................... 63
Serial numbers for starting new front flange .................................................................. 63
Stingray standard housing (2 x 1394b copper).................................................................... 64
Stingray (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper) ............................................................................... 65
Tripod adapter ............................................................................................................. 65
Stingray W90 (2 x 1394b copper) ..................................................................................... 67
Stingray W90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)......................................................................... 68
Stingray W90 S90 (2 x 1394b copper) ............................................................................... 69
Stingray W90 S90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper) ................................................................... 70
Stingray W270 (2 x 1394b copper) ................................................................................... 71
Stingray W270 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper) ....................................................................... 72
Stingray W270 S90 (2 x 1394b copper).............................................................................. 73
Stingray W270 S90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper) ................................................................. 74
Stingray Compact ......................................................................................................... 75
Cross section: CS-Mount................................................................................................. 76
Cross section: C-Mount .................................................................................................. 77
Adjustment of C-Mount and CS-Mount............................................................................... 77
Stingray board level: dimensions ..................................................................................... 78
Stingray board level: CS-Mount ....................................................................................... 79
Stingray board level: C-Mount ......................................................................................... 80

Filter and lenses ................................................................................................. 81
IR cut filter: spectral transmission ................................................................................... 81
Camera lenses.............................................................................................................. 82

Camera interfaces ............................................................................................. 84
IEEE 1394b port pin assignment ...................................................................................... 84
Board level camera: IEEE 1394b port pin assignment ....................................................... 85
Camera I/O connector pin assignment............................................................................... 86
Board level camera: I/O pin assignment........................................................................ 87
Status LEDs ................................................................................................................. 88
Normal conditions .................................................................................................... 89
Error conditions ....................................................................................................... 89
Control data signals ...................................................................................................... 90
Inputs.................................................................................................................... 90
Triggers ............................................................................................................. 90
Input/output pin control ........................................................................................... 91
IO_INP_CTRL 1-2 ................................................................................................. 91
Trigger delay....................................................................................................... 92
Outputs .................................................................................................................. 94

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

4

........................................................................................................................ 95
IO_OUTP_CTRL 1-4 ............................................................................................... 95
Output control..................................................................................................... 96
Output modes...................................................................................................... 97
Pulse-width modulation (Stingray housing and Stingray board level models) ....................... 99
PWM: minimal and maximal periods and frequencies .................................................. 100
PWM: Examples in practice .................................................................................... 101
Pixel data................................................................................................................... 102

Description of the data path ..................................................................... 108
Block diagrams of the cameras ....................................................................................... 108
Black and white cameras........................................................................................... 108
Color cameras......................................................................................................... 109
White balance ............................................................................................................. 109
One-push white balance ........................................................................................... 111
Auto white balance (AWB)........................................................................................ 112
Auto shutter ............................................................................................................... 114
Auto gain ................................................................................................................... 115
Manual gain ............................................................................................................... 118
Brightness (black level or offset) .................................................................................... 118
Horizontal mirror function............................................................................................. 120
Shading correction ...................................................................................................... 121
Building shading image in Format_7 modes.................................................................. 121
First example ..................................................................................................... 121
Second example ................................................................................................. 121
How to store shading image ...................................................................................... 122
Automatic generation of correction data ...................................................................... 123
Requirements..................................................................................................... 123
Algorithm.......................................................................................................... 123
Loading a shading image out of the camera .................................................................. 126
Loading a shading image into the camera..................................................................... 127
Look-up table (LUT) and gamma function ......................................................................... 128
Loading an LUT into the camera ................................................................................. 129
Defect pixel correction.................................................................................................. 130
Building defect pixel correction image in Format_7 modes .............................................. 131
First example ..................................................................................................... 131
Second example ................................................................................................. 131
Flow diagram of defect pixel correction........................................................................ 132
Building defect pixel data ......................................................................................... 133
Grab an image with defect pixel data....................................................................... 133
Calculate defect pixel coordinates .......................................................................... 133
Reset values (resolution, shutter, gain, brightness)................................................... 134
Activate/deactivate defect pixel correction .................................................................. 134
Store defect pixel data non-volatile ............................................................................ 134
Load non-volatile stored defect pixel data.................................................................... 134
Send defect pixel data to the host............................................................................... 135
Receive defect pixel data from the host........................................................................ 135
DPC data: storing mechanism..................................................................................... 135

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

5Binning (only Stingray b/w and F-201C/504C)................................................................... 136
2 x / 4 x / 8 x binning (F-201C only 2 x vertical binning).................................................. 136
Vertical binning ...................................................................................................... 137
Horizontal binning (F-201C only 2 x horizontal binning) ................................................. 139
2 x full binning/4 x full binning/8 x full binning (F-201C only 2 x full binning).................... 140
Sub-sampling (Stingray b/w and color)............................................................................ 141
What is sub-sampling?.............................................................................................. 141
Which Stingray models have sub-sampling? .................................................................. 141
Description of sub-sampling ...................................................................................... 141
Binning and sub-sampling access ................................................................................... 147
Quick parameter change timing modes............................................................................. 149
Stingray timing modes ............................................................................................. 149
Standard Parameter Update Timing ...................................................................... 150
Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM) ....................................................................... 150
How to transfer parameters to the camera .................................................................... 151
Encapsulated Update (begin/end) ....................................................................... 151
Parameter-List Update ....................................................................................... 152
Standard Update (IIDC) ...................................................................................... 153
Packed 12-Bit Mode .................................................................................................... 154
High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio)......................................................................... 155
Frame memory and deferred image transport..................................................................... 156
Deferred image transport .......................................................................................... 156
HoldImg mode........................................................................................................ 157
FastCapture mode.................................................................................................... 159
Color interpolation (BAYER demosaicing) ......................................................................... 160
Sharpness .................................................................................................................. 162
Hue and saturation ...................................................................................................... 163
Color correction .......................................................................................................... 164
Why color correction? .......................................................................................... 164
Color correction in Allied Vision cameras ................................................................. 164
Color correction: formula...................................................................................... 164
GretagMacbeth ColorChecker................................................................................. 164
Changing color correction coefficients .................................................................... 164
Switch color correction on/off ............................................................................... 165
Color conversion (RGB  YUV) ....................................................................................... 166
Bulk Trigger................................................................................................................ 166
Level Trigger............................................................................................................... 166
Serial interface ........................................................................................................... 167

Controlling image capture .......................................................................... 172
Trigger modes ............................................................................................................. 172
Bulk trigger (Trigger_Mode_15) ................................................................................. 173
Trigger delay .......................................................................................................... 176
Trigger delay advanced register ............................................................................. 177
Software trigger...................................................................................................... 178
Debounce .............................................................................................................. 178
Debounce time........................................................................................................ 179
Exposure time (shutter) and offset .................................................................................. 180
Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

6

Exposure time offset, minimum exposure time .............................................................. 180
Extended shutter..................................................................................................... 181
One-shot.................................................................................................................... 182
One-shot command on the bus to start exposure............................................................ 183
End of exposure to first packet on the bus .................................................................... 184
Multi-shot .................................................................................................................. 185
ISO_Enable / free-run .................................................................................................. 185
Asynchronous broadcast ............................................................................................... 185
Jitter at start of exposure .............................................................................................. 186
Sequence mode ........................................................................................................... 188
How is sequence mode implemented?.......................................................................... 189
Setup mode ....................................................................................................... 190
Sequence step mode............................................................................................ 190
SeqMode description ........................................................................................... 191
Sequence repeat counter ...................................................................................... 191
Manual stepping & reset....................................................................................... 191
Which sequence mode features are available? ............................................................... 193
Setup mode ....................................................................................................... 193
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode .................................................................. 193
I/O controlled sequence pointer reset ..................................................................... 193
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode and I/O controlled sequence pointer reset via softwarecommand .......................................................................................................... 194
Points to pay attention to when working with a sequence ................................................ 194
Changing the parameters within a sequence ................................................................. 195
Points to pay attention to when changing the parameters ............................................... 196
Secure image signature (SIS): definition and scenarios ....................................................... 197
SIS: Definition ........................................................................................................ 197
SIS: Scenarios ........................................................................................................ 198

Video formats, modes and bandwidth ................................................. 199
Stingray F-033B / Stingray F-033C
and board level F-033B BL / F-033C BL............................................................................. 200
Stingray F-046B / Stingray F-046C
and board level F-046B BL / F-046C BL............................................................................. 202
Stingray F-080B / Stingray F-080C
and board level F-080B BL / F-080C BL............................................................................. 204
Stingray F-125B / Stingray F-125C
and board level F-125B BL / F-125C BL............................................................................. 206
Stingray F-145B / Stingray F-145C
and board level F-145B BL / F-145C BL............................................................................. 208
Stingray F-146B / Stingray F-146C
and board level F-146B BL / F-146C BL............................................................................. 210
Stingray F-201B / Stingray F-201Cand board level F-201B BL / F-201C BL............................................................................. 212
Stingray F-504B / Stingray F-504C
and board level F-504B BL / F-504C BL............................................................................. 215
Area of interest (AOI) ................................................................................................... 217
Autofunction AOI .................................................................................................... 218
Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

7

Frame rates ................................................................................................................ 220
Frame rates Format_7 .............................................................................................. 224
Stingray F-033/F-033 BL: AOI frame rates .................................................................... 225
Stingray F-046/F-046 BL: AOI frame rates .................................................................... 226
Stingray F-080/F-080 BL: AOI frame rates .................................................................... 227
Stingray F-125/F-125 BL: AOI frame rates .................................................................... 228
Stingray F-145/F-145 BL: AOI frame rates .................................................................... 229
Stingray F-146/F-146 BL: AOI frame rates .................................................................... 230
Stingray F-201/F-201 BL: AOI frame rates .................................................................... 231
Stingray F-504/F-504 BL: AOI frame rates .................................................................... 232

How does bandwidth affect the frame rate? ................................... 233
Example formula for the b/w camera....................................................................... 234
Test images ................................................................................................................ 235
Loading test images................................................................................................. 235
Test images for b/w cameras...................................................................................... 235
Test images for color cameras .................................................................................... 236
YUV4:2:2 mode ................................................................................................... 236
Mono8 (raw data) ............................................................................................... 236

Configuration of the camera ..................................................................... 237
Camera_Status_Register ............................................................................................... 237
Example ................................................................................................................ 238
Sample program...................................................................................................... 239
Example FireGrab ................................................................................................ 239
Example FireStack API.......................................................................................... 240
Configuration ROM....................................................................................................... 241
Implemented registers (IIDC V1.31) ................................................................................ 244
Camera initialize register .......................................................................................... 244
Inquiry register for video format................................................................................. 244
Inquiry register for video mode .................................................................................. 245
Inquiry register for video frame rate and base address .................................................... 246
Inquiry register for basic function............................................................................... 255
Inquiry register for feature presence ........................................................................... 256
Inquiry register for feature elements ........................................................................... 258
Status and control registers for camera........................................................................ 261
Inquiry register for absolute value CSR offset address ..................................................... 262
Status and control register for one-push ...................................................................... 263
Feature control error status register............................................................................ 265
Video mode control and status registers for Format_7..................................................... 266
Quadlet offset Format_7 Mode_0 ........................................................................... 266
Quadlet offset Format_7 Mode_1 ........................................................................... 266
Format_7 control and status register (CSR) .............................................................. 266
Temperature register................................................................................................ 268
Advanced features (Allied Vision-specific) ........................................................................ 269
Advanced registers summary ..................................................................................... 269
Extended version information register ......................................................................... 272
Advanced feature inquiry .......................................................................................... 274

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

8

Camera status......................................................................................................... 276
Maximum resolution ................................................................................................ 277
Time base .............................................................................................................. 277
Extended shutter..................................................................................................... 279
Test images ............................................................................................................ 280
Look-up tables (LUT)................................................................................................ 281
Loading a LUTinto the camera................................................................................ 282
Shading correction .................................................................................................. 283
Reading or writing shading image from/into the camera ............................................. 284
Automatic generation of a shading image ................................................................ 284
Memory channel error codes.................................................................................. 285
Deferred image transport .......................................................................................... 286
Frame information................................................................................................... 286
Defect pixel correction ............................................................................................. 287
Input/output pin control .......................................................................................... 288
Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna) ........................................................................... 289
Auto shutter control ................................................................................................ 290
Auto gain control .................................................................................................... 291
Autofunction AOI .................................................................................................... 292
Color correction ...................................................................................................... 293
Trigger delay .......................................................................................................... 294
Mirror image .......................................................................................................... 294
Soft reset............................................................................................................... 295
High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio) .................................................................... 296
Maximum ISO packet size .......................................................................................... 297
Quick parameter change timing modes ........................................................................ 298
Standard Parameter Update Timing......................................................................... 299
Quick Format Change Mode ................................................................................... 299
Automatic reset of the UpdActive flag ..................................................................... 300
Parameter-List Update ............................................................................................. 300
Format_7 mode mapping .......................................................................................... 301
Example............................................................................................................ 302
Low noise binning mode (2 x and 4 x binning)............................................................... 302
Secure image signature (SIS)..................................................................................... 302
Advanced register: SIS ......................................................................................... 303
Examples: cycle time ........................................................................................... 304
Advanced register: frame counter........................................................................... 305
Advanced register: trigger counter ......................................................................... 306
Where to find cycle time, frame counter and trigger counter in the image ....................... 307
Where to find all SIS values in the image.................................................................. 307
Software feature control (disable LEDs) ....................................................................... 308
Disable LEDs ...................................................................................................... 308
User profiles........................................................................................................... 309
Error codes ........................................................................................................ 310
Reset of error codes............................................................................................. 310
Stored settings................................................................................................... 311
Pulse-width modulation (PWM): Stingray housing and board level cameras......................... 312
GPDATA_BUFFER ..................................................................................................... 313
Little endian vs. big endian byte order .................................................................... 313

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

9

Firmware update .............................................................................................. 314
Extended version number (FPGA/μC) ............................................................................... 314

Appendix ............................................................................................................... 315
Sensor position accuracy of Stingray cameras .................................................................... 315

Index ........................................................................................................................ 316

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

10

Contacting Allied Vision

Contacting Allied Vision
Connect with Allied Vision colleagues by function:www.alliedvision.com/en/contact
Find an Allied Vision office or distributor:
www.alliedvision.com/en/about-us/where-we-are.html
E-mail:info@alliedvision.com (for commercial and general inquiries)
support@alliedvision.com (for technical assistance with Allied Vision products)
Telephone:
EMEA: +49 36428-677-0
The Americas: +1 978-225-2030
Asia-Pacific: +65 6634-9027
China: +86 (21) 64861133
Headquarters:
Allied Vision Technologies GmbH
Taschenweg 2a, 07646 Stadtroda, Germany
Tel: +49 (36428) 677-0 Fax +49 (36428) 677-24
President/CEO: Frank Grube | Registration Office: AG Jena HRB 208962

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

11

Introduction

Introduction
This Stingray Technical Manual describes in depth the technical specifications,dimensions, all camera features (IIDC standard and Allied Vision smart features)and their registers, trigger features, all video and color formats, bandwidth, andframe rate calculation.
For information on hardware installation, safety warnings, and pin assignmentson I/O connectors and 1394b connectors read the 1394 Installation Manual.
Note

Please read through this manual carefully.



We assume that you have read already the 1394 Installation
Manual (see: http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technical-documentation) and that you have installed the hardware and software on your PC or laptop (FireWire card, cables).

Document history
Version

Date

RemarksV2.0.031.03.2008

New Manual - RELEASE status

V2.1.023.05.2008

New CAD drawings due to new flange in Chapter Camera dimensions on page 63
Added Appendix: Chapter Appendix on page 315
Added direct fiber technology in Chapter Stingray cameras on
page 28
Added fiber cameras (1 x copper, 1 x GOF) and fiber power consumption in all tables in Chapter Specifications on page 40
Added Chapter Pulse-width modulation (Stingray housing andStingray board level models) on page 99
Added Chapter Horizontal mirror function on page 120
Added Chapter Shading correction on page 121
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

12

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous pageV2.1.023.05.2008[continued][continued]

Added 4 x and 8 x binning in
Chapter Binning (only Stingray b/w and F-201C/504C) on page
136
Added 2 out of 8 sub-sampling in Chapter Sub-sampling (Stingray b/w and color) on page 141
Changed Figure 82: on page 148
Added fiber models in Table 56: on page 156
Added Chapter Temperature register on page 268
Added Shading control registers (0xF1000250, 0xF1000254,
0xF1000258) in Table 128: on page 269
Added Mirror image register (0xF1000410) in Table 128: on page269
Added board level variants in Table 130: on page 273
Added Shading and Mirror image in Table 131: on page 274
Added Chapter Shading correction on page 283
Added Chapter Mirror image on page 294
Added Appendix Chapter Appendix on page 315
Added 0x09 PWM in Table 29: on page 97
Added Chapter Board level camera: IEEE 1394b port pin assignment on page 85
Added Chapter Board level camera: I/O pin assignment on page87
Added PWM feature in Chapter IO_OUTP_CTRL 1-4 on page 95
Added on page 99
Added PWM feature in Table 29: on page 97
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

13

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous pageV2.1.023.05.2008[continued][continued][continued]

Added board level in on page 199
Added board level (BL) in Table 130: on page 273
Added PWM in Table 131: on page 274
Changed resolutions of Format_7 modes in Chapter Video formats, modes and bandwidth on page 199
Corrected RGB8 frame rates in Format_7 Mode_0 in Chapter
Video formats, modes and bandwidth on page 199
Added frame rates for binning and sub-sampling modes in Chapter Video formats, modes and bandwidth on page 199
Added Chapter Appendix on page 315
Changed provisions directive to 2004/108/EG in Chapter Conformity on page 29

V2.2.015.08.2008

Corrected HIROSE connector in CAD drawings in Chapter Camera
dimensions on page 63
Added cross-reference from upload LUT to GPDATA_BUFFER in
Chapter Loading a shading image into the camera on page 127
Added cross-reference from upload/download shading image to
GPDATA_BUFFER in:– Chapter Loading a shading image out of the camera on
page 126– Chapter Loading a shading image into the camera on
page 127
Added little endian vs. big endian byte order in Chapter
GPDATA_BUFFER on page 313
Added detailed cross-reference in Chapter Camera I/O connector
pin assignment on page 86
Added detailed level values of I/Os in Chapter Camera I/O connector pin assignment on page 86
Rounded shutter speeds in Chapter Specifications on page 40
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

14

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous pageV2.2.015.08.2008[continued][continued][continued]

Rounded offsets in Chapter Exposure time (shutter) and offset on
page 180 and in Figure 94: on page 184
Added new image of Stingray camera with two screws on eitherside of the cameras for fixing the front flange:– See title page
New Stingray photo on title page (with new screws on either sideof camera)
New photo of LED positions in Figure 43: on page 88

V2.3.012.09.2008

New Stingray board level CAD drawing with new Molex 1.25 mm
Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header (53047-1310) and new
cable lengths in Figure 40: on page 85 and in Figure 42: on page87

V2.4.030.09.2008

New Stingray board level CAD drawing with new Molex 1.25 mm
Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header (53047-1310) in:– Figure 35: on page 78– Figure 36: on page 79– Figure 37: on page 80

V3.0.008.10.2008

New Stingray board level CAD drawing with name of screws
M2x14 ISO7045-A2 (2x):– Figure 36: on page 79– Figure 37: on page 80
New Stingray F-125B/C: Read information in the following sections:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Table 10: on page 45
Table 56: on page 156
Table 67: on page 180
on page 180
Figure 94: on page 184
Table 72: on page 187
Table 83: on page 206
Table 84: on page 207
Table 130: on page 273

For Stingray F-125B/C output switching times (tp and min. shutter) see FireWire Hardware Installation Guide, subsection Stingray delay
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

15

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous page

V4.0.021.10.2008

New Stingray F-504B/C: Read information in the following sections:• Table 14: on page 53• Table 56: on page 156• Table 67: on page 180• Table 67: on page 180• Figure 94: on page 184• Table 72: on page 187• Table 91: on page 215• Table 92: on page 216• Table 130: on page 273
For Stingray F-504B/C output switching times (tp and min. shutter) see FireWire Hardware Installation Guide, subsection
Stingray delay

V4.1.028.01.2009

All advanced registers in 8-digit format beginning with 0xF1... in
Chapter Advanced features (Allied Vision-specific) on page 269
and in Chapter Parameter-List Update on page 300
New CAD drawings (hexagon socket head cap screw ISO 4762):• Figure 35: on page 78• Figure 36: on page 79• Figure 37: on page 80• Figure 40: on page 85• Figure 42: on page 87
SEQUENCE_RESET register moved to SEQUENCE_STEP register(0xF1000228) in on page 190 and in on page 269
Corrected CAD drawing in Figure 26: on page 69
Revised Chapter White balance on page 109ff
Memory size (Internal FIFO memory) of Stingray F-125 is 12
frames in Table 10: on page 45 and in Table 56: on page 156
Revised Table 100: on page 228
Corrected black level increments in Chapter Brightness (blacklevel or offset) on page 118
New AOI frame rates of Stingray F-504 in Chapter Frame rates ofStingray F-504 as function of AOI height [width=2452] on page232
New Stingray F-125C RGB8 modes in Table 83: on page 206
New Stingray F-504C RGB8 modes in Table 91: on page 215
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

16

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous page

V4.2.028.05.2009

Calculated effective chip size for all sensors (with resolution ofFormat_7 Mode_0) in Chapter Specifications on page 40
SIS feature: standardized terminology, added examples in Chapter Secure image signature (SIS): definition and scenarios on
page 197
Stingray cameras do not support storing shading image data
into non-volatile memory, see Table 139: on page 283(0XF1000250 bit 8 to 10)
Corrected drawing in Figure 111: on page 289
In SIS chapter: added cycle time examples: Chapter Examples:
cycle time on page 304
Stingray update round (SUR):
•
•

•

•
•

•

•

Only GOF models: new LED signals (asynchronous trafficand signal detect) in Table 20: on page 89
Stingray F-504 cameras are also available with 64 MByteinternal FIFO memory (instead of 32 MByte):– Table 14: on page 53 and– Table 56: on page 156
All Stingray models: added defect pixel correction:– Chapter Defect pixel correction on page 130– Table 143: on page 287
All Stingray models: added low noise binning mode:– Table 159: on page 302
All Stingray models: added software trigger:– In inquiry register 530h on page 259 added:
Value_Read_Inq [7],Trigger_Source0_Inq [8] andSoftware_Trigger_Inq [15]– In inquiry register 62Ch on page 261 added:
Software_Trigger
All Stingray models: added disable LEDs function:– Chapter Software feature control (disable LEDs) on page308
All Stingray GOF models: added two new LED signals– Only GOF: asynchronous traffic on page 89– Only GOF: GOF signal detect on page 89

to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

17

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous page

V4.2.028.05.2009

Stingray update round (SUR):[continued][continued]••

V4.3.015.09.2009

All Stingray models: added debounce feature:– Advanced register summary 0xF1000840 on page 271– Advanced register summary 0xF1000850 on page 271– Advanced register summary 0xF1000860 on page 271– Advanced register summary 0xF1000870 on page 271– Chapter Debounce on page 178– Table 66: on page 179
WaitingForTrigger signal for outputs– Table 27: on page 94– Output mode: trigger ID 0x0A on page 97– Figure 46: on page 98

Minor corrections:• Notice about connection between temperature at sensor
and temperature at camera housing on page 268• Corrected registers for IO_OUTP_PWM2/3/4 in Table 30: on
page 99 and in Table 128: on page 269• Revised Chapter Conformity on page 29• New drawings to show maximum protrusion: Figure 33: on
page 76 and Figure 34: on page 77• New values for maximum protrusion: tables in Chapter Camera dimensions on page 63• Corrected addresses of debounce registers:– Advanced register summary 0xF1000840 on page 271– Advanced register summary 0xF1000850 on page 271– Advanced register summary 0xF1000860 on page 271– Advanced register summary 0xF1000870 on page 271– Table 66: on page 179• Stingray cameras with serial numbers S/N greater
09/17-285831532 have a heat sink and thus the mass ofthe camera increases from 92 g up to 108 g: see Chapter
Specifications on page 40
2x/4x/8x binning:• Stingray F-504C has now also the usual 2x/4x/8x binning(no color binning): see Chapter Binning (only Stingray b/w
and F-201C/504C) on page 136 and Chapter Binning andsub-sampling access on page 147 and Table 14: on page 53
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

18

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous page

V4.3.015.09.2009

New front flange:• Title page: new Stingray photo• New CAD drawings:– All CAD drawings in Chapter Camera dimensions on page63
– Cross section drawings in Figure 33: on page 76 and Figure 34: on page 77. Note: Adjustments by means of theadjustment spacer(s) have to be done in the Allied
Vision factory. Contact Customer Care.
– Figure 40: on page 85– Figure 42: on page 87

V4.4.012.07.2010

Improvements:•

HSNR description, see Chapter High SNR mode (High Signal
Noise Ratio) on page 296

New Stingray front flange:•

Serial numbers for Stingray camera models starting new
front flange: Chapter Serial numbers for starting new front
flange on page 63

Corrections:•

Corrected Note on BitsPerValue, see on page 282

New Stingray Compact:•

Chapter Stingray Compact on page 75

New storage temperature:•

70 °C, see Chapter Specifications on page 40

New links to new Allied Vision website:•

Chapter Contacting Allied Vision on page 11 and many others

New measured sensitivity curves:•

Chapter Spectral sensitivity on page 54

Added RGB8 in fixed formats:•••

Table 77: on page 200
Table 79: on page 202
Table 85: on page 208

to be continued on next page

Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

19

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous page

V4.4.012.07.2010

Added Full support Windows 7 for 1394a/1394b:[continued][continued]•

Table 6: on page 39

Corrected trigger diagram:
Figure 46: on page 98
V4.4.107.01.2011

•
•
•
•

•
•

V4.4.215.04.2011•

Minor corrections
Converted FrameMaker files from FM7 to FM9
Added required minimum number of GrabCount value (2) for
HIGH_SNR ON in Table 152: on page 296
Added info that for 8-bit video modes, the internal HSNR
calculations are done with 14 bit: Chapter High SNR mode
(High Signal Noise Ratio) on page 155
Changed tripod drawing: added dimensions of three bigholes (M6 and UNC 1/4-20) in Figure 23: on page 66
Added Windows 7 support and revised Windows XP/Windows
Vista in in Chapter FireWire and operating systems on page
39
Added sensitivity curves for Stingray F-125B/F-125C:
see Figure 11: on page 58 andsee Figure 12: on page 58

C-/CS-Mount no more adjustable, for modifications contact
Customer Care and send camera to Allied Vision:• See Chapter Specifications on page 40• See Chapter Adjustment of C-Mount and CS-Mount on page
77
Stingray firmware update round:• Defect pixel correction: you don’t need to set value forbrightness to max. any more: see Figure 65: on page 132
and Chapter Grab an image with defect pixel data on page133
• Besides in Mono8 mode defect pixel correction is also possible in Raw8 mode: see note in Chapter Building defect pixel
data on page 133• Revised Chapter Defect pixel correction on page 130• Image is shot internally during calculating a mean value:
see note in Chapter Calculate defect pixel coordinates on
page 133• Activate HSNR mode to improve defect pixel correction: seenote in Chapter Building defect pixel data on page 133
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

20

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous page

V4.4.215.04.2011

Stingray firmware update round [continued]:[continued][continued]•

Added descriptions for defect pixel correction in F7 modes:
see Chapter Building defect pixel correction image inFormat_7 modes on page 131• Shading correction in Format_7 mode 0 (Mono8) is only
available up to S400: see note in Chapter Building shading
image in Format_7 modes on page 121
Some smaller corrections:• At register 0xF1000200 changed width and height: see
Table 133: on page 277• YUV8: deleted description of data type straight binary:Figure 49: on page 106• Y (Mono8/Raw8) are Allied Vision own formats: see Table
35: on page 104

V4.4.315.03.2012

Some smaller corrections:• User sets changed: LUT and on/off bit can be stored in user
settings: see Chapter Stored settings on page 311• Stingray F-504C provides 2 out of 8 horizontal subsampling: see Figure 75: on page 142• Corrected: max. gain for Stingray F-504B/C is 670 and not
680, see Chapter Manual gain on page 118• Corrected: Stingray F-504B/C: range in dB is 0 .. 24.053(not 24.4), see see Chapter Manual gain on page 118 andChapter Stingray F-504B/C (fiber) on page 53• Changed: number of steps from +/-40 to +/-128 in steps of
1/12.8° in Chapter Hue and saturation on page 163
Changed fixed format modes and Format 7 modes:• Table 81: on page 204• Table 97: on page 225• Table 98: on page 226• Table 99: on page 227• Table 100: on page 228• Table 101: on page 229• Table 102: on page 230• Table 103: on page 231• Table 104: on page 232
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

21

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous page

V4.4.315.03.2012

More smaller corrections:• Removed Active FirePackage in the last line fo speficationtables in Chapter Specifications on page 40• Added explanations to H, p and q abbreviations in Chapter
Frame rates on page 220• Added hyperlinks to Stingray compact in Chapter Camera
dimensions on page 63• Added Table 38: on page 105• Added Raw12 format in sharpness Note on page 163• Added arrow for Raw8/12/16 in Figure 52: on page 109• High SNR mode: Added note to set grab count and activation of HighSNR in one single write access:– see Chapter High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio) on
page 155– Chapter High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio) on
page 296[continued][continued]

V4.4.431.05.2012

New frame rates for Stingray F-033/F-033 BL:• See Chapter Stingray F-033/F-033 BL: AOI frame rates on
page 225

V.4.4.5

31.07.2014

Updated data:• Replaced spectral curves according to Allied Vision EMVA
1288 measurements in Chapter Spectral sensitivity on page
54
Some smaller corrections:• Corrected hyperlinks to targets on the Allied Vision website• Removed outdated information in Chapter Requirements
for PC and 1394b on page 36• Added hyperlink to FireWire accessories on the Allied Visionwebsite in Chapter Requirements for PC and 1394b on page36
• Removed information on the Universal Package in Chapter
Operating system support on page 39• Reduced to the current information on the system requirements in Chapter Operating system support on page 39
Added information that all color modes in Chapter Specifications
on page 40 comply with the IIDC specifications
to be continued on next page
Table 1: Document history

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

22

Introduction

Version

Date

Remarks
continued from previous page

V.4.5.0

09.03.2015

Updated data:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Corrected hyperlinks to targets on the Allied Vision website
Updated sensor curves in Chapter Spectral sensitivity on
page 54.
Corrected information in Chapter Appendix on page 315
Adapted addresses in Chapter Contacting Allied Vision on
page 11
Corrected information for binning in Chapter Definition on
page 136.
Corrected information in Chapter Sensor position accuracyof Stingray cameras on page 315

Layout changes due to a changed Corporate identity:••

Replaced the previous Allied Vision logo by the current one
Reworded all appropriate contents from AVT and Allied
Vision Technologies to Allied Vision

Table 1: Document history

Manual overview
This manual overview describes each chapter of this manual shortly.
• Chapter Contacting Allied Vision on page 11 lists Allied Vision contact datafor both:– technical information / ordering– commercial information• Chapter Introduction on page 12 (this chapter) gives you the document
history, a manual overview and conventions used in this manual (styles
and symbols). Furthermore, you learn how to get more information on how
to install hardware (1394 Installation Manual), available Allied Vision
software (incl. documentation) and where to get it.
• Chapter Stingray cameras on page 28 gives you a short introduction to the
Stingray cameras with their FireWire technology. Links are provided to data
sheets and brochures on Allied Vision website.
• Chapter Conformity on page 29 gives you information about conformity ofAllied Vision cameras.
• Chapter FireWire on page 30 describes the FireWire standard in detail,explains the compatibility between 1394a and 1394b and explains bandwidth details (incl. Stingray examples).
– Read and follow the FireWire hot-plug and screw-lock precautions in
Chapter FireWire hot-plug and screw-lock precautions on page 38.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

23

Introduction

•
•
•

•

•
•

•

•
•
•

•
•

– Read Chapter Operating system support on page 39.
Chapter Filter and lenses on page 81 describes the IR cut filter and suitable
camera lenses.
Chapter Specifications on page 40 lists camera details and spectral sensitivity diagrams for each camera type.
Chapter Camera dimensions on page 63 provides CAD drawings of standard
housing (copper and GOF) models, tripod adapter, available angled headmodels, cross sections of CS-Mount and C-Mount.
Chapter Camera interfaces on page 84 describes in detail the inputs/outputs of the cameras (incl. Trigger features). For a general description of
the interfaces (FireWire and I/O connector) see 1394 Installation Manual.
Chapter Description of the data path on page 108 describes in detail IIDC
conform as well as Allied Vision-specific camera features.
Chapter Controlling image capture on page 172 describes trigger modi,
exposure time, one-shot/multi-shot/ISO_Enable features. Additionally,
special Allied Vision features are described: sequence mode and secure
image signature (SIS).
Chapter Video formats, modes and bandwidth on page 199 lists all available fixed and Format_7 modes (incl. color modes, frame rates, binning/
sub-sampling, AOI=area of interest).
Chapter How does bandwidth affect the frame rate? on page 233 gives
some considerations on bandwidth details.
Chapter Configuration of the camera on page 237 lists standard andadvanced register descriptions of all camera features.
Chapter Firmware update on page 314 explains where to get information
on firmware updates and explains the extended version number scheme of
FPGA/μC.
Chapter Appendix on page 315 lists the sensor position accuracy of Allied
Vision cameras.
Chapter Index on page 316 gives you quick access to all relevant data inthis manual.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

24

Introduction

Conventions used in this manual
To give this manual an easily understood layout and to emphasize important
information, the following typographical styles and symbols are used:

StylesStyle

Function

ExampleBold

Programs, inputs or highlighting boldimportant things

Courier

Code listings etc.

Input

Upper case

Register

REGISTER

Italics

Modes, fields

Mode

Parentheses and/or blue

Links

(Link)
Table 2: Styles

Symbols
Note

This symbol highlights important information.

CautionwwwThis symbol highlights important instructions. You have to follow these instructions to avoid malfunctions.

This symbol highlights URLs for further information. The URL
itself is shown in blue.
Example:http://www.alliedvision.com

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

25

IntroductionMore information
For more information on hardware and software read the following:• 1394 Installation Manual describes the hardware installation procedures
for all 1394 cameras (Marlin, Guppy, Pike, Stingray). Additionally, you get
safety instructions and information about camera interfaces (IEEE1394a/b
copper and GOF, I/O connectors, input and output).
wwwYou find the 1394 Installation Manual here:http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technical-documentationwww

All software packages (including documentation and release
notes) provided by Allied Vision can be downloaded at:

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads

Before operation
We place the highest demands for quality on our cameras.
Target group This Technical Manual is the guide to detailed technical information of the camera and is written for experts.
Getting started For a quick guide how to get started read 1394 Installation Manual first.
Note
Caution
Note

Please read through this manual carefully before operating thecamera.
For information on Allied Vision accessories and software read
1394 Installation Manual.
Before operating any Allied Vision camera read safety instructions and ESD warnings in 1394 Installation Manual.

To demonstrate the properties of the camera, all examples inthis manual are based on the FirePackage OHCI API softwareand the SmartView application.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

26

Introduction

Note



The camera also works with all IIDC (formerly DCAM) compatible IEEE 1394 programs and image processing libraries.
All naming in this document relates to FirePackage, not to
GenICam.

www

For downloads see:

Software (Vimba and all other software):http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads
Firmware: http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/firmware
Technical documentation (overview page):
http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technical-documentation
Technical papers (appnotes, white papers) and knowledge
base:
http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technical-papersknowledge-baseStingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

27

Stingray cameras

Stingray cameras
IEEE 1394b With the Stingray, Allied Vision presents a wide range of cameras with IEEE1394b interfaces. Moreover, with daisy chain as well as direct fiber technology
they gain the highest level of acceptance for demanding areas of use in manufacturing industry.
Image applications Allied Vision can provide users with a range of products that meet almost all therequirements of a very wide range of image applications.
FireWire The industry standard IEEE 1394 (FireWire or i.Link) facilitates the simplest computer compatibility and bidirectional data transfer using the plug-and-play process. Further development of the IEEE 1394 standard has already made 800
Mbit/second possible.
Note


Note


www



For further information on FireWire read Chapter FireWire on
page 30.

All naming in this document relates to FirePackage, not to
GenICam.

For further information on the highlights of Stingray types andthe Stingray family read the data sheets and brochures on thewebsite of Allied Vision:
http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/technical-documentation/stingray-documentation

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

28

Conformity

Conformity
Allied Vision Technologies declares under its sole responsibility that all standard cameras of the Stingray family to which this declaration relates are in conformity with the following standard(s) or other normative document(s):• CE, following the provisions of 2004/108/EG directive(Stingray board level cameras do not have CE)• FCC Part 15 Class B(Stingray board level cameras do not have FCC)
• RoHS (2011/65/EU)• CEAllied Vision• WEEECE
We declare, under our sole responsibility, that the previously described Stingray
cameras conform to the directives of the CE.

FCC – Class B Device
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of thisequipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in whichcase the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. You
are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in thismanual could void your authority to operate this equipment.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

29

FireWire

FireWire
Overview
FireWire provides one of the most comprehensive, high-performance, and costeffective solutions platforms. FireWire offers very impressive throughput at very
affordable prices.

Definition
FireWire (also known as i.Link or IEEE 1394) is a personal computer and digital
video serial bus interface standard, offering high-speed communications andisochronous real-time data services. FireWire has low implementation costs anda simplified and adaptable cabling system.

Figure 1: FireWire Logo

IEEE 1394 standards
FireWire was developed by Apple Computer in the late 1990s, after work defining a slower version of the interface by the IEEE 1394 working committee in the
1980s. Apple's development was completed in 1995. It is defined in IEEE standard 1394, which is currently a composite of three documents:• Original IEEE Std. 1394-1995• IEEE Std. 1394a-2000 amendment• IEEE Std. 1394b-2002 amendment
FireWire is used to connect digital cameras, especially in industrial systems formachine vision.
NoteAll naming in this document relates to FirePackage, not to
GenICam.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

30

FireWire

Why use FireWire?
Digital cameras with on-board FireWire (IEEE 1394a or 1394b) communications
conforming to the IIDC standard (V1.3 or V1.31) have created cost-effective andpowerful solutions options being used for thousands of different applications
around the world. FireWire is currently the premier robust digital interface forindustrial applications for many reasons, including:• Guaranteed bandwidth features to ensure fail-safe communications• Interoperability with multiple different camera types and vendors• Diverse camera powering options, including single-cable solutions up to
45 W• Effective multiple-camera solutions• Large variety of FireWire accessories for industrial applications• Availability of repeaters and optical fibre cabling• Forward and backward compatibility blending 1394a and 1394b• Both real-time (isochronous) and demand-driven asynchronous datatransmission capabilities

FireWire in detail
Serial bus
FireWire is a very effective way to utilize a low-cost serial bus, through a standardized communications protocol, that establishes packetized data transfer
between two or more devices. FireWire offers real time isochronous bandwidth
for image transfer with guaranteed low latency. It also offers asynchronous datatransfer for controlling camera parameters on the fly, such as gain and shutter.
As illustrated in the diagram below, these two modes can co-exist by using priority time slots for video data transfer and the remaining time slots for control
data transfer.

Figure 2: 1394a data transmission

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

31

FireWire

Whereas 1394a works in half duplex transmission, 1394b does full duplex transmission. 1394b optimizes the usage of the bandwidth, as it does not need gaps
between the signals like 1394a. This is due to parallel arbitration, handled by
the bus owner supervisor selector (BOSS). For details see the following diagram:

Cycle Sync: 1394b

Parallel arbitration, handled by BOSS, can eliminate gaps

Figure 3: 1394b data transmission
Additional devices may be added up to the overall capacity of the bus, but
throughput at guaranteed minimum service levels is maintained for all devices
with an acknowledged claim on the bus. This deterministic feature is a hugeadvantage for many industrial applications where robust performance isrequired. This applies with applications that do not allow dropping images
within a specific time interval.

FireWire connection capabilities
FireWire can connect together up to 63 peripherals in an acyclic network structure (hubs). It allows peer-to-peer device communication between digital cameras, without using system memory or the CPU.
A FireWire camera can directly, via direct memory access (DMA), write into orread from the memory of the computer with almost no CPU load.
FireWire also supports multiple hosts per bus. FireWire requires only a cablewith the correct number of pins on either end (normally 6 or 9).
Caution

While supplying such an amount of bus power is clearly a beneficial feature, it is very important not to exceed the inrush
current of 18 mJoule in 3 ms.
Higher inrush current may damage the Phy chip of the camera and/or the Phy chip in your PC.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

32

FireWire

Capabilities of 1394a (FireWire 400)
FireWire 400 (S400) is able to transfer data between devices at 100, 200, or 400
MBit/s data rates.
The 1394a capabilities in detail:• 400 Mbit/s• Hot-pluggable devices• Peer-to-peer communications• Direct Memory Access (DMA) to host memory• Guaranteed bandwidth• Multiple devices (up to 45 W) powered via FireWire bus
IIDC V1.3 camera control standards
IIDC V1.3 released a set of camera control standards via 1394a, which established a common communications protocol on which most current FireWire cameras are based.
In addition to common standards shared across manufacturers, Allied Visionoffers Format_7 mode that provides special features (smart features), such as:• Higher resolutions• Higher frame rates• Diverse color modes
as extensions (advanced registers) to the prescribed common set.

Capabilities of 1394b (FireWire 800)
FireWire 800 (S800) was introduced commercially by Apple in 2003 and has a 9pin FireWire 800 connector (see 1394 Installation Manual and in Chapter IEEE1394b port pin assignment on page 84 for details). This newer 1394b specification allows a transfer rate of 800 MBit/s with backward compatibility to theslower rates and 6-pin connectors of FireWire 400.
The 1394b capabilities in detail:• 800 Mbit/s• All previously described benefits of 1394a• Interoperability with 1394a devices• Longer communications distances (up to 500 m using GOF cables)
IIDC V1.31 camera control standards
Along with 1394b-, the IIDC V1.31 standard arrived in January 2004, evolving
the industry standards for digital imaging communications to include
I/O and RS232 handling, and adding further formats. The increased bandwidths
enable transmitting high-resolution images to the PC’s memory at high frame
rates.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

33

FireWire

Compatibility between 1394a and 1394b

1394b port

1394b camera
1394a camera

1394a camera connected to 1394b bus

1394a port

1394b camera connected to 1394a bus

The cable explains dual compatibility: In this case,
The cable explains dual compatibility: This cable
serves to connect an IEEE 1394a camera with its six- the cable connects an IEEE 1394b camera with its
pin connector to a bilingual port (a port which can nine-pin connector to a 1394a port.
talk in a- or b-language) of a 1394b bus.
In this case, the b-camera communicates ina-language with the camera achieving
In this case, the b-bus communicates ina-language and a-speed with the camera achieving a-performance
a-performance
Figure 4: 1394a and 1394b cameras and compatibility
Compatibility example
It is possible to run a 1394a and a 1394b camera on the 1394b bus.
For example, you can run a Stingray F-033B and a Marlin F-033B on the samebus:
• Stingray F-033B @ S800 and 60 fps (2560 bytes per cycle, 32% of the cycle
slot)• Marlin F-033B @ S400 and 30 fps (1280 bytes, 32% of the cycle slot)
Bus runs at 800 Mbit/s for all devices. Data from Marlin’s port is up-converted
from 400 Mbit/s to 800 Mbit/s by data doubling (padding), still needing 32% of
the cycle slot time. This doubles the bandwidth requirement for this port, as if
the camera were running at 60 fps. Total consumption is thus
2560+ 2560 = 5120 bytes per cycle.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

34

FireWire

Image transfer via 1394a and 1394b
Technical detail

1394a

1394b

Transmission mode

Half duplex (both pairs needed)

Full duplex (one pair needed)

400 Mbit/s data rate

1 Gbit/s signaling rate, 800 Mbit/s data rate

aka: a-mode, data/strobe (D/S)
mode, legacy mode

10b/8b coding (Ethernet), aka:
b-mode (beta mode)

Devices

Up to 63 devices per network

Number of cameras

Up to 16 cameras per network

Number of DMAs

4 to 8 DMAs (parallel) cameras / bus

Real time capability

Image has real time priority

Available bandwidth acc. IIDC
(per cycle 125 μs)

4096 bytes per cycle

8192 bytes per cycle~ 1000 quadlets @ 400 Mbit/s~ 2000 quadlets @ 800 Mbit/s(@1 GHz clock rate)

For further detail read Chapter Frame rates on page 220.
Max. image bandwidth

31.25 MByte/s

62.5 MByte/s

Max. total bandwidth~45 MByte/s~85 MByte/s

Number of busses

Multiple busses per PC

Multiple busses per PC

limit: PCI bus

limit: PCI (Express) bus

CPU load

Almost none for DMA image transfer

Gaps

Gaps negatively affect asynchro- No gaps needed, BOSS mode fornous performance of widespread parallel arbitration
network (round trip delay),
reducing efficiency
Table 3: Technical detail comparison: 1394a and 1394b
Note

The bandwidth values refer to the fact:

1 MByte = 1024 kByte

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

35

FireWire

1394b bandwidths
According to the 1394b specification on isochronous transfer, the largest recommended data payload size is 8192 bytes per 125 μs cycle at a bandwidth of
800 Mbit/s.
Note


Note



Certain cameras may offer, depending on their settings in combination with the use of FirePackage higher packet sizes.
Consult your local dealer's support team, if you require additional information on this feature.
How to extend the size of an isochronous packet up to 11.000
byte at S800:••

See register 0xF1000048, ADV_INQ_3, Max IsoSize [1] inTable 131: on page 274
See Chapter Maximum ISO packet size on page 297

For further details read Chapter How does bandwidth affect the frame rate? on
page 233.
Requirements for PC and 1394b
Note


Caution

For FireWire accessories see
http://www.alliedvision.com/en/contact

As mentioned earlier, it is very important not to exceed aninrush energy of 18 mWs in 3 ms. (This means that a device,when powered via 12 V bus power, must never draw more than
1.5 A, especially in the first 3 ms.)
Higher inrush current may damage the physical interface
chip of the camera and/or the phy chip in your PC.
For a single Stingray camera inrush current may not be a problem. But daisy chaining multiple cameras or supplying bus
power via (optional) HIROSE power out to circuitry withunknown inrush currents needs careful design considerations.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

36

FireWire

Example 1: 1394b bandwidth of Stingray cameras
Stingray model

Resolution

Frame rate

Bandwidth

Stingray F-033 B/C

0.3

megapixel

84 fps27.11 MByte/s

Stingray F-046 B/C

0.45 megapixel

61 fps

27.60 MByte/s

Stingray F-080 B/C

0.8

megapixel

31 fps

24.83 MByte/s

Stingray F-125 B/C

1.25 megapixel

30 fps

36.49 MByte/s

Stingray F-145 B/C

1.44 megapixel

16 fps23.05 MByte/s

Stingray F-146 B/C

1.44 megapixel

15 fps

21.61 MByte/s

Stingray F-201 B/C

2

megapixel

14 fps17.20 MByte/s

Stingray F-504 B/C

5

megapixel

9 fps

45.35 MByte/s

Table 4: Bandwidth of Stingray cameras
Note

All data are calculated using Raw8 / Mono8 color mode. Higher
bit depths or color modes will double or triple bandwidth
requirements.



Example 2: More than one Stingray camera at full speed
Depending on its settings, a single Stingray camera can saturate a 32-bit PCI
bus. Either use a PCI Express card and/or multiple 64-bit PCI bus cards, if you
want to use 2 or more Stingray cameras simultaneously (see the following
table):# cameras

PC hardware required

1 Stingray camera at full speed

1 x 32-bit PCI bus card (85 MByte/s)

2 or more Stingray cameras at fullspeed

PCI Express card and/or
Multiple 64-bit PCI bus cards

Table 5: Required hardware for multiple camera applications

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

37

FireWire

FireWire Plug & play capabilities
FireWire devices implement the ISO/IEC 13213 configuration ROM model for
device configuration and identification to provide plug & play capability. All
FireWire devices are identified by an IEEE EUI-64 unique identifier (an extensionof the 48-bit Ethernet MAC address format) in addition to well-known codes indicating the type of device and protocols it supports. For further details read Chapter Configuration of the camera on page 237.

FireWire hot-plug and screw-lock precautions
CautionHot-plug precautions

•

Although FireWire devices can theoretically be hotplugged without powering down equipment, we strongly
recommend turning off the computer power, before
connecting a digital camera to it.
• Static electricity or slight plug misalignment during
insertion may short-circuit and damage components.
• The physical ports may be damaged by excessive ESD(electrostatic discharge), when connected under powered
conditions. It is good practice to ensure proper groundingof computer case and camera case to the same ground
potential, before plugging the camera cable into the portof the computer. This ensures that no excessive differenceof electrical potential exists between computer and camera.
• As mentioned earlier, it is very important not to exceed
the inrush energy of 18 mWs in 3 ms. (This means that adevice, when powered via 12 V bus power, must neverdraw more than 1.5 A, especially in the first 3 ms.)
• Higher inrush current may damage the physical interface chip of the camera and/or the phy chip in your PC.
For a single Stingray camera inrush current may not be a
problem. But daisy chaining multiple cameras or supplying bus power via (optional) HIROSE power out to circuitry with unknown inrush currents needs careful design
considerations.
Screw-lock precautions••

All Allied Vision 1394b camera and cables have industrial
screw-lock fasteners to insure a tight electrical connection that is resistant to vibration and gravity.
We strongly recommend using only 1394b adapter cards
with screw-locks.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

38

FireWire

Operating system support
Operating system

1394a

1394b

Linux

Full support

Full support

Apple Mac OS X

Full support

Full support

Windows XP

Full support

With SP3 the default speed for 1394b is S100
(100 Mbit/s). A download and registry modification is available from Microsoft to restore
performance to either S400 or S800.
Note: The Windows IEEE1394 driver only
supports IEEE 1394a.
For IEEE 1394b use either the FirePackage or
install the driver provided with the 1394 Bus
Driver Package. (Both drivers replace the Microsoft OHCI IEEE 1394 driver, but the second is
100% compliant to the driver of Microsoft. Thisway, applications using the MS1394 driver willcontinue to work.)

Windows Vista

Full support

Windows Vista incl. SP1/SP2 supports 1394b
only with S400.
Note: The Windows IEEE1394 driver only
supports IEEE 1394a.
For IEEE 1394b use either the FirePackage or
install the driver provided with the 1394 Bus
Driver Package. (Both drivers replace the Microsoft OHCI IEEE 1394 driver, but the second is
100% compliant to the driver of Microsoft. Thisway, applications using the MS1394 driver willcontinue to work.)

Windows 7

Full support

Full support

Windows 8

Full support

Full support

Table 6: FireWire and operating systems
wwwFor more information see Allied Vision Software:

http://www.alliedvision.com

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

39

Specifications

Specifications
Note

•



•

For information on bit/pixel and byte/pixel for each color
mode see Table 105: on page 234.
Maximum protrusion means the distance from lensflange to the glass filter in the camera.

Stingray F-033B/C (fiber)
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Type 1/2 (diag. 8 mm) progressive scan SONY IT CCD ICX414AL/AQ with HAD microlens

Effective chip size

6.5 mm x 4.9 mm

Cell size

9.9 μm x 9.9 μm

Picture size (max.)

656 x 492 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)

Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Figure 34: on page 77)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Figure 33: on page 76)

ADC

14 bitColor modes (IIDC)

Only color: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 84 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0–24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

31 μs … 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Internal FIFO memory

32 MByte, up to 50 frames

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

AGC (auto gain control), AEC (auto exposure control), real-time shading correction, LUT, 32 MByte image memory, mirror, binning (onlyb/w), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, SIS (secure image signature), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
only color: AWB (auto white balance), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

Table 7: Specification Stingray F-033B/C (fiber)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

40

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mbit/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)fiber: IEEE 1394b, 2 connectors: 1 x copper (bilingual), 1 x GOF connector (2 x optical fiber on LCLC), (daisy chain)Power requirements

DC 8 V–36 V via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin HIROSE

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 Watt (@ 12 V DC); fiber: typical 4 Watt (@ 12 V DC)(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, incl. connectors, without tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C ... + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C ... + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Regulations

CE, FCC Class B, RoHS (2011/65/EU)

Standard accessories

b/w: protection glasscolor: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

b/w: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
color: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (HIROSE)

Software packages

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 7: Specification Stingray F-033B/C (fiber) (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

41

Specifications

Stingray F-046B/C (fiber)
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Type 1/2 (diag. 8 mm) progressive scan SONY IT CCD ICX415AL/AQ with HAD microlens

Effective chip size

6.5 mm x 4.8 mm

Cell size

8.3 μm x 8.3 μm

Picture size (max.)

780 x 580 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)

Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Figure 34: on page 77)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Figure 33: on page 76)
Note: Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filterin the camera.

ADC

14 bitColor modes (IIDC)

Only color: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 61 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0–24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

31 μs … 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Internal FIFO memory

32 MByte, up to 35 frames

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

AGC (auto gain control), AEC (auto exposure control), real-time shading correction, LUT, 32 MByte image memory, mirror, binning (onlyb/w), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, SIS (secure image signature), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
Only color: AWB (auto white balance), color correction, hue, saturation

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mbit/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)fiber: IEEE 1394b, 2 connectors: 1 x copper (bilingual), 1 x GOF connector (2 x optical fiber on LCLC), (daisy chain)Power requirements

DC 8 V–6 V via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin HIROSE

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 Watt (@ 12 V DC); fiber: typical 4 Watt (@ 12 V DC)(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 8: Specification Stingray F-046B/C (fiber)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

42

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, incl. connectors, w/o tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C ... + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C ... + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Regulations

CE, FCC Class B, RoHS (2011/65/EU)

Standard accessories

b/w: protection glasscolor: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

b/w: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
color: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (HIROSE)

Software packages

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 8: Specification Stingray F-046B/C (fiber) (Forts.)

Stingray F-080B/C (fiber)
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Type 1/3 (diag. 6 mm) progressive scan SONY IT CCD ICX204AL/AK with HAD microlens

Effective chip size

4.8 mm x 3.6 mm

Cell size

4.65 μm x 4.65 μm

Picture size (max.)

1032 x 776 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)

Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Figure 34: on page 77)
S-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Figure 33: on page 76)
Note: Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filterin the camera.

ADC

14 bitColor modes (IIDC)

Only color: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Table 9: Specification Stingray F-080B/C (fiber)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

43

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 31 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0–24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

49 μs …67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Internal FIFO memory

32 MByte, up to 19 frames

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

AGC (auto gain control), AEC (auto exposure control), real-time shading
correction, LUT, 32 MByte image memory, mirror, binning (onlyb/w), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, SIS (secure image
signature), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
only color: AWB (auto white balance), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mbit/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)fiber: IEEE 1394b, 2 connectors: 1 x copper (bilingual), 1 x GOF connector (2 x optical fiber on LCLC), (daisy chain)Power requirements

DC 8 V–36 V via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin HIROSE

Power consumption

Typical 3.6 Watt (@ 12 V DC); fiber: typical  4 Watt (@ 12 V DC)(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, incl. connectors, w/o tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C ... + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C ... + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Regulations

CE, FCC Class B, RoHS (2011/65/EU)

Standard accessories

b/w: protection glasscolor: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

b/w: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
color: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (HIROSE)

Software packages

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 9: Specification Stingray F-080B/C (fiber) (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

44

Specifications

Stingray F-125B/C (fiber)
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Type 1/3 (diag. 6 mm) progressive scan SONY IT CCD ICX445ALA/AQA with EXview
HAD microlens

Effective chip size

4.8 mm x 3.6 mm

Cell size

3.75 μm x 3.75 μm

Picture size (max.)

1292 x 964 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)

Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Figure 34: on page 77)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Figure 33: on page 76)
Note: Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filterin the camera.

ADC

14 bitColor modes (IIDC)

Only color: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 30 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0–24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

25 μs … 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Internal FIFO memory

32 MByte, up to 12 frames

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

AGC (auto gain control), AEC (auto exposure control), real-time shading correction, LUT, 32 MByte image memory, mirror, binning, sub-sampling, High SNR,
deferred image transport, SIS (secure image signature), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
only color: AWB (auto white balance), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mbit/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)fiber: IEEE 1394b, 2 connectors: 1 x copper (bilingual), 1 x GOF connector (2 x optical fiber on LCLC), (daisy chain)Power requirements

DC 8 V–36 V via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin HIROSE

Table 10: Specification Stingray F-125B/C (fiber)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

45

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Power consumption

Typical 3.6 Watt (@ 12 V DC); fiber: typical 4 Watt (@ 12 V DC)(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, incl. connectors, w/o tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C ... + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C ... + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Regulations

CE, FCC Class B, RoHS (2011/65/EU)

Standard accessories

b/w: protection glasscolor: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

b/w: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
color: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (HIROSE)

Software packages

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 10: Specification Stingray F-125B/C (fiber) (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

46

Specifications

Stingray F-145B/C (fiber)
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Type 2/3 (diag. 11 mm) progressive scan SONY IT CCD ICX285AL/AQ with EXview
HAD microlens

Effective chip size

9.0 mm x 6.7 mm

Cell size

6.45 μm x 6.45 μm

Picture size (max.)

1388 x 1038 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)

Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Figure 34: on page 77)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Figure 33: on page 76)
Note: Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filterin the camera.

ADC

14 bitColor modes (IIDC)

Only color: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 30 fps, up to 16 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0–24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

74 μs … 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Internal FIFO memory

32 MByte, up to 10 frames

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

AGC (auto gain control), AEC (auto exposure control), real-time shading correction, LUT, 32 MByte image memory, mirror, binning (onlyb/w), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, SIS (secure image signature), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
only color: AWB (auto white balance), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mbit/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)fiber: IEEE 1394b, 2 connectors: 1 x copper (bilingual), 1 x GOF connector (2 x optical fiber on LCLC), (daisy chain)Power requirements

DC 8 V–36 V via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin HIROSE

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 Watt (@ 12 V DC); fiber: typical  4 Watt (@ 12 V DC)(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 11: Specification Stingray F-145B/C (fiber)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

47

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, incl. connectors, w/o tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C ... + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C ... + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Regulations

CE, FCC Class B, RoHS (2011/65/EU)

Standard accessories

b/w: protection glasscolor: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

b/w: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
color: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (HIROSE)

Software packages

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 11: Specification Stingray F-145B/C (fiber) (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

48

Specifications

Stingray F-146B/C (fiber)
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Type 1/2 (diag. 8 mm) progressive scan SONY IT CCD ICX267AL/AK with HAD microlens

Effective chip size

6.5 mm x 4.8 mm

Cell size

4.65 μm x 4.65 μm

Picture size (max.)

1388 x 1038 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)

Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Figure 34: on page 77)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Figure 33: on page 76)
Note: Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filterin the camera.

ADC

14 bitColor modes (IIDC)

Only color: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 15 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0–24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

39 μs … 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Internal FIFO memory

32 MByte, up to 10 frames

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

AGC (auto gain control), AEC (auto exposure control), real-time shading correction, LUT, 32 MByte image memory, mirror, binning (onlyb/w), sub-sampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, SIS (secure image signature), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
only color: AWB (auto white balance), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mbit/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)fiber: IEEE 1394b, 2 connectors: 1 x copper (bilingual), 1 x GOF connector (2 x optical fiber on LCLC), (daisy chain)Power requirements

DC 8 V–36 V via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin HIROSE

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 Watt (@ 12 V DC); fiber: typical  4 Watt (@ 12 V DC)(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 12: Specification Stingray F-146B/C (fiber)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

49

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, incl. connectors, w/o tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C ... + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C ... + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Regulations

CE, FCC Class B, RoHS (2011/65/EU)

Standard accessories

b/w: protection glasscolor: IR cut filter

Accessories

b/w: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
color: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (HIROSE)

Software packages

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 12: Specification Stingray F-146B/C (fiber) (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

50

Specifications

Stingray F-201B/C (fiber)
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Type 1/1.8 (diag. 8.9 mm) progressive scan SONY IT CCD ICX274AL/AQ with Super
HAD microlens

Effective chip size

7.1 mm x 5.4 mm

Cell size

4.40 μm x 4.40 μm

Picture size (max.)

1624 x 1234 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)

Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Figure 34: on page 77)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Figure 33: on page 76)
Note: Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filterin the camera.

ADC

14 bitColor modes (IIDC)

Only color: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to 60 fps, up to 14 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0–24.4 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

48 μs … 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Internal FIFO memory

32 MByte, up to 7 frames

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

AGC (auto gain control), AEC (auto exposure control), real-time shading correction, LUT, 32 MByte image memory, mirror, binning, sub-sampling, High SNR,
deferred image transport, SIS (secure image signature), sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
only color: AWB (auto white balance), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mbit/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)fiber: IEEE 1394b, 2 connectors: 1 x copper (bilingual), 1 x GOF connector (2 x optical fiber on LCLC), (daisy chain)
to be continued on next page

Power requirements

DC 8 V–36 V via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin HIROSE

Table 13: Specification F-201B/C (fiber)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

51

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Power consumption

Typical 3.5 Watt (@ 12 V DC); fiber: typical 4 Watt (@ 12 V DC)(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, incl. connectors, w/o tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens)for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C ... + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C ... + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Regulations

CE, FCC Class B, RoHS (2011/65/EU)

Standard accessories

b/w: protection glasscolor: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

b/w: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
color: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (HIROSE)

Software packages

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 13: Specification F-201B/C (fiber) (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

52

Specifications

Stingray F-504B/C (fiber)
FeatureSpecification

Image device

Type 2/3 (diag. 11 mm) progressive scan SONY IT CCD ICX655ALA/AQA with Super
HAD microlens

Effective chip size

8.5 mm x 7.1 mm

Cell size

3.45 μm x 3.45 μm

Picture size (max.)

2452 x 2056 pixels (Format_7 Mode_0)

Lens mount

C-Mount: 17.526 mm (in air); Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 10.1 mm(see Figure 34: on page 77)
CS-Mount: 12.526 mm (in air), Ø 25.4 mm (32 tpi)
maximum protrusion: 5.1 mm(see Figure 33: on page 76)
Note: Maximum protrusion means the distance from lens flange to the glass filterin the camera.

ADC

14 bitColor modes (IIDC)

Only color: Raw8, Raw12, Raw16, Mono8, YUV422, YUV411, RGB8

Frame rates

Up to15 fps, up to 9 fps in Format_7

Gain control

Manual: 0–24.053 dB (0.0359 dB/step); auto gain (select. AOI)

Shutter speed

42 μs … 67 s; auto shutter (select. AOI)

External trigger shutter Programmable, trigger level control, single trigger,bulk trigger, programmable trigger delay
Internal FIFO memory

64 MByte, up to 5 frames

Look-up tables

User programmable (12 bit  10 bit); default gamma (0.45)

Smart functions

AGC (auto gain control), AEC (auto exposure control), real-time shading correction, LUT, 64 MByte image memory, mirror, binning (b/w and color models), subsampling, High SNR, deferred image transport, SIS (secure image signature),sequence mode, 4 storable user sets
only color: AWB (auto white balance), color correction, hue, saturation, sharpness

I/O

Two configurable inputs, four configurable outputs
RS232 port (serial port, IIDC V1.31)

Transfer rate

Up to 800 Mbit/s

Digital interface

IEEE 1394b (IIDC V1.31), 2 x copper connectors (bilingual) (daisy chain)fiber: IEEE 1394b, 2 connectors: 1 x copper (bilingual), 1 x GOF connector (2 x optical fiber on LCLC), (daisy chain)Power requirements

DC 8 V–36 V via IEEE 1394 cable or 12-pin HIROSE

Power consumption

Typical  3.9 Watt (@ 12 V DC); fiber: typical 4.2 Watt (@ 12 V DC)(full resolution and maximal frame rates)

Table 14: Specification Stingray F-504B/C (fiber)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

53

Specifications

FeatureSpecification

Dimensions (L x W x H)

72.9 mm x 44 mm x 29 mm, incl. connectors, w/o tripod and lens

Mass

92 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N ≤ 09/17-285831532
108 g (without lens) for cameras with S/N > 09/17-285831532

Operating temperature+ 5 °C ... + 45 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Storage temperature- 10 °C ... + 70 °C ambient temperature (without condensation)

Regulations

CE, FCC Class B, RoHS (2011/65/EU)

Standard accessories

b/w: protection glasscolor: IR cut filter

Optional accessories

b/w: IR cut filter, IR pass filter
color: protection glass

On request

Host adapter card, angled head, power out: 6 W (HIROSE)

Software packages

http://www.alliedvision.com/en/support/software-downloads (free of charge)

Table 14: Specification Stingray F-504B/C (fiber) (Forts.)

Spectral sensitivity
Note

All measurements were done without protection glass /without filter.
The uncertainty in measurement of the QE values is 10%.
This is mainly due to:••

Manufacturing tolerance of the sensor
Uncertainties in the measuring apparatus itself

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

54

Specifications

40%
35%

Quantum Efficiency

30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

500

600

700
Wavelength [nm]

800

900

1000

650

700

Figure 5: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-033B

35%

Red

Green

500

550
Wavelength [nm]Blue

Quantum Efficiency

30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

450

600

Figure 6: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-033C (without IR cut filter)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

55

Specifications

45%
40%

Quantum Efficiency

35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

500

600

700
Wavelength [nm]

800

900

1000

650

700

Figure 7: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-046B

Red

Green

500

550
Wavelength [nm]

Blue

35%
30%

Quantum Efficiency

25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

450

600

Figure 8: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-046C (without IR cut filter)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

56

Specifications

45%
40%

Quantum Efficiency

35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

500

600

700
Wavelength [nm]

800

900

1000

650

700

Figure 9: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-080B

Red

35%

Green

Blue

30%

Quantum Efficiency

25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

450

500

550
Wavelength [nm]600

Figure 10: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-080C (without IR cut filter)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

57

Specifications

50%
45%

Quantum Efficiency

40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

500

600

700
Wavelength [nm]

800

900

1000

Figure 11: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-125B

Red

Green

Blue

60%

Quantum Efficiency

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%
400

450

500

550
Wavelength [nm]

600

650

700

Figure 12: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-125C (without IR cut filter)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

58

Specifications

60%

Quantum Efficiency

50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
400

500

600

700
Wavelength [nm]

800

900

1000

650

700

Figure 13: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-145B

45%

Red

Green

500

550
Wavelength [nm]

Blue

40%

Quantum Efficiency

35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

450

600

Figure 14: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-145C (without IR cut filter)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

59

Specifications

40%

Quantum Efficiency

35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

500

600

700
Wavelength [nm]

800

900

1000

Figure 15: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-146B

Red

Green

Blue

550
600
Wavelength [nm]

650

30%

Quantum Efficiency

25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

450

500

700

Figure 16: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-146C (without IR cut filter)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

60

Specifications

60%

Quantum Efficiency

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%
400

500

600

700
Wavelength [nm]

800

900

1000

650

700

Figure 17: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-201B

Red

Green

500

550
Wavelength [nm]

Blue

40%
35%

Quantum Efficiency

30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

450

600

Figure 18: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-201C (without IR cut filter)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

61

Specifications

50%
45%

Quantum Efficiency

40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

500

600
700
Wavelength [nm]

800

900

1000

650

700

Figure 19: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-504B

Red

45%

Green

Blue

Quantum Efficiency

40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
400

450

500
550
600
Wavelength [nm]Figure 20: Spectral sensitivity of Stingray F-504C (without IR cut filter)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

62

Camera dimensions

Camera dimensions
Note

For information on sensor position accuracy:(sensor shift x/y, optical back focal length z and sensor rotation ) see Chapter Sensor position accuracy of Stingray cameras on page 315.
For information on the Stingray Compact (modular concept)
see Chapter Stingray Compact on page 75 and Modular Concept:
http://www.alliedvision.com

Serial numbers for starting new front flange
Camera model

E-numberStarting ...

Stingray F-046B ASG

E0010003... from SN: 09/17-285843839

Stingray F-046C IRF

E0010004... from SN: 09/17-285843873

Stingray F-125C IRF

E0010063... from SN: 09/17-285843866

Stingray F-201B ASG

E0010007... from SN: 09/17-285843801

Stingray F-201C IRF

E0010008... from SN: 09/17-285843904

Table 15: Starting serial numbers for new front flange

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

63

Camera dimensions

26

13

Stingray standard housing (2 x 1394b copper)

M3x3 (3x)
1
13.4

50

+
9.1 - 0.3
0.0

44

16

6

M3x4 (4x)

29

19.3
5.4

Ø 27.2

9.7

57.5

C-Mount

M3x3 (3x)

66.6
72.9
Stingray (2x IEEE 1394b)
72.9 x 44 x 29 (L x W x H)

Figure 21: Camera dimensions (2 x 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

64Camera dimensions

26

13

Stingray (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)

M3x3 (3x)13.450

9.1 + 0.3
- 0.0

44

16

M3x4 (2x)

29

19.3
5.4

Ø 27.2

9.7

57.5

C-Mount

M3x3 (3x)

66.6
73.6
Stingray (1394b: 1x GOF, 1x COP)
73.6 x 44 x 29 (L x W x H)

Figure 22: Camera dimensions (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)

Tripod adapter
This five hole tripod adapter (Order number E 5000007) ...
• ... can be used for Stingray as well as for Marlin. The original four hole
adapter of the Marlin should not be used with Stingray.
• ... is only designed for standard housings, but not for the angled head versions.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

65Camera dimensions

Note

If you need a tripod adapter for angled head versions, pleasecontact Allied Vision support.


56
50

13
15.5

12.5 12.5

16

32

26

Ø 3.4 (5x)M6, 6 mm thread depth (2x)105UNC 1/4-20, 8 mm thread depth

T i size:d Ad 56 mm x 32 mm x 10 mm (L x W x H)
Body

Figure 23: Tripod dimensions

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

66

Camera dimensions

Stingray W90 (2 x 1394b copper)

26

13This version has the sensor tilted by 90 degrees clockwise, so that it views
upwards.

29

Ø27.2

16 6

M3 x4 (2x)

55.5

38.1

50

+ 0.3
13.4 - 0.0

32.8

5.4

19.3

9.7

0.3
9.1 +- 0.0

M3 x3 (3x)44

M3 x3 (3x)C-Mount
86
92.3
Stingray W90 (2x IEEE 1394b)
92.3 x 44 x 38.1 (L x W x H)

Figure 24: Stingray W90 (2 x 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

67Camera dimensions

Stingray W90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)

26

13This version has the sensor tilted by 90 degrees clockwise, so that it views
upwards.

32.8
Ø 27.2

19.3
5.4

29
38.1

50

13.4 +- 0.3
0.0

9.7

9.1 +- 0.3
0.0

M3 x3 (3x)

16

44

55.5

M3 x4 (2x)M3 x3 (3x)C-Mount
86
93
Stingray W90 (1394b: 1x GOF, 1x COP)
93 x 44 x 38.1 (L x W x H)

Figure 25: Stingray W90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

68Camera dimensions

Stingray W90 S90 (2 x 1394b copper)
This version has the sensor tilted by 90 degrees clockwise, so that it views
upwards.

26

13

The sensor is also rotated by 90 degrees clockwise.

47.8

50

0.3
9.1 +-0.0

9.7

0.3
13.4 +-0.0

M3x3 (3x)
Ø27.2

16 6

M3x4 (2x)

41.6

19.3
5.4

29

55.5

44

25.8

M3x3 (3x)C -Mount
101
107.3
Stingray W90S90 (2x IEEE 1394b)
107.3 x 44 x 41.6 (L x W x H)

Figure 26: Stingray W90 S90 (2 x 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

69

Camera dimensions

Stingray W90 S90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)
This version has the sensor tilted by 90 degrees clockwise, so that it views
upwards.

26

13

The sensor is also rotated by 90 degrees clockwise.

+ 0.3
9.1 - 0.0

47.8

Ø 27.2

19.3
5.4

29
41.6

9.7

+ 0.3
13.4 - 0.0

M3 x3 (3x)16

M3 x4 (2x)

44

55.5

M3 x3 (3x)C-Mount

101
108
Stingray W90S90 (1394b: 1x GOF, 1x COP)
108 x 44 x 41.6 (L x W x H)

Figure 27: Stingray W90 S90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

70Camera dimensions

Stingray W270 (2 x 1394b copper)

M3 x3 (3x)32.8

13.4 +- 0.3
0.0

9.1 +- 0.3
0.0

19.3
5.4

44

50

55.5
16 6

29

9.7

38.1

C-Mount

26

13This version has the sensor tilted by 270 degrees clockwise, so that it views
downwards.

Ø 27.2M3 x4 (2x)M3 x3 (3x)8692.3Stingray W270 (2x IEEE 1394b)
92.3 x 44 x 38.1 (L x W x H)

Figure 28: Stingray W270 (2 x 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

71

Camera dimensions

Stingray W270 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)

26

13This version has the sensor tilted by 270 degrees clockwise, so that it views
downwards.

M3 x3 (3x)50

M3 x4 (2x)

Ø 27.2

55.5

29

19.3
5.4

16

44
13.4 +- 0.3
0.0

32.8
9.1 +- 0.3
0.0

9.7

38.1

C-Mount

M3 x3 (3x)8693Stingray W270 (1394b: 1x GOF, 1x COP)
93 x 44 x 38.1 (L x W x H)

Figure 29: Stingray W270 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

72

Camera dimensions

Stingray W270 S90 (2 x 1394b copper)
This version has the sensor tilted by 270 degrees clockwise, so that it views
downwards.

26

13

The sensor is also rotated by 90 degrees clockwise.

C-Mount

M3 x3 (3x)44

9.1 +-0.3
0.0

19.3
5.4

13.4 +-0.3
0.0

50

29
41.6

47.8

9.7

55.5
16 6

M3 x4 (4x)

Ø27.2

M3 x3 (3x)

101
107.3
Stingray W270S90 (2x IEEE 1394b)
107.3 x 44 x 41.6 (L x W x H)

Figure 30: Stingray W270 S90 (2 x 1394b copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

73

Camera dimensions

Stingray W270 S90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)
This version has the sensor tilted by 270 degrees clockwise, so that it views
downwards.

26

13

The sensor is also rotated by 90 degrees clockwise.

C-Mount

M3 x3 (3x)
44
47.8

41.6

+0.3
9.1 - 0.0

19.3
5.4

+0.3
13.4 -0.0

50

29

9.7

55.5
16

Ø27.2

M3 x4 (2x)M3 x3 (3x)101108Stingray W270S90 (1394b: 1xGOF, 1xCOP)
108 x 44 x 41.6 (L x W x H)

Figure 31: Stingray W270 S90 (1394b: 1 x GOF, 1 x copper)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

74

Camera dimensions

Stingray Compact
23.3
9.1

6

16

10.2

M3x4 (4x)M3x4 (6x)

11.5

36.3

6.5

45
32

45

26

1

51.3

Ø 27

13

6.5

8.5

C-Mount

26

13

M3x3 (4x)Ø 3.4 (3x)
44.8
53.3
Stingray Compact (2x IEEE 1394b)
53.3 x 45 x 51.3 (L x W x H)

Figure 32: Stingray Compact (2 x 1394b copper. No angled heads. No fiber option. 145 g)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.075

Camera dimensions

Cross section: CS-Mount
All Stingray cameras can be delivered with CS-Mount.

Ø 16

maximum
protrusion:ﬁlter / protection glass
5.1

CS-Mount

Figure 33: Stingray CS-Mount dimensionNote

Pay attention to the maximum sensor size of the applied CSMount lens.
For mount options see Modular Concept.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

76

Camera dimensions

Cross section: C-Mount••

All monochrome Stingrays are equipped with the same model of protection
glass.
All color Stingrays are equipped with the same model of IR cut filter.

ﬁlter / protection glass

Ø 16

maximum
protrusion:
10.1

C-Mount

Figure 34: Stingray C-Mount dimensions

Adjustment of C-Mount and CS-Mount
Note

The dimensional adjustment cannot be done any more by thecustomer. All modifications have to be done by the Allied
Vision factory.
If you need any modifications, please contact Customer
Care: For phone numbers and e-mail: See Chapter Contacting
Allied Vision on page 11.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

77Camera dimensions

Stingray board level: dimensions
13-pole I/O connector:[Molex 1.25mm Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header(53047-1310)]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 = GND (for Inputs)
8 = RxD 9 = TxD
10 = Power Input(for Output ports)
11 = Input 2
12 = Output 2
13 = Cable Shield

1 = GND (for RS232, Ext PWR)
2 = Ext PWR input(PWR output on demand)
3 = Output 4
4 = Input 1
5 = Output 3
6 = Output 1

15.4
11.2
8.7 6.6
4.5

12FFC45 cable9.1

Ø 27.2
29

IO-AD-Board
processor board
interface board

15

28.9

13-pole connector

FFC45 cable length:----------------------------FFC45 L = 56 mm K7500307
FFC45 L = 110 mm K7500318

2x IEEE 1394b2

2

Sensor - Pin1

25
2.3 mm
PTH

1

2

36

40

13

sensor board

2

3.1

spacer M2x10 (4x)
27

PTH

2

2

2.9mm PTH
2x HOLE41

12 6.5

Pixel 1,1

Figure 35: Stingray board level dimensions

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

78

Camera dimensions

Stingray board level: CS-Mountﬁlter ring with ﬁlter
or protection glass

M2x16 ISO4762-A2 (2x)spacer, 3.2 mm (2x)top...

front ﬂange... contacts!
bottom contacts!
M2x8 ISO7045-A2 (4x)M2x10 ISO4762-A2 (2x)Camera =main board + processor board + IO board+ ﬂex cable + sensor board
PCB spacer (4x)spacer M2x10 (4x)
Ø2.2 ISO7089-A2 (4x)M2 ISO4032-A2 (4x)Figure 36: Stingray board level: CS-Mount

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

79Camera dimensions

Stingray board level: C-Mountﬁlter ring with ﬁlter
or protection glass

M2x16 ISO4762-A2 (2x)spacer, 3.2 mm (2x)top...

front ﬂange... contacts!
bottom contacts!
M2x8 ISO7045-A2 (4x)M2x10 ISO4762-A2 (2x)Camera =main board + processor board + IO board+ ﬂex cable + sensor board
PCB spacer (4x)spacer M2x10 (4x)
Ø2.2 ISO7089-A2 (4x)M2 ISO4032-A2 (4x)Figure 37: Stingray board level: C-Mount

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.080

Filter and lenses

Filter and lenses
IR cut filter: spectral transmission
Only Stingray color cameras have a built-in IR cut filter.
The following illustration shows the spectral transmission of the IR cut filter:
1
0.9

Transmittance [T]

0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
200

400

600
Wavelength [nm]

800

1000

Figure 38: Approximate spectral transmission of IR cut filter (may vary slightly by filter lot)
(type Hoya C5000)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

81Filter and lenses

Camera lenses
Allied Vision offers different lenses from a variety of manufacturers. The following table lists selected image formats in width x height depending on camera
type, distance, and focal length of the lens.
Focal length
for type 1/3 sensors
Stingray F-080/125

Distance = 500 mm

Distance = 1000 mm

4.8 mm

495 mm x 371 mm

995 mm x 746 mm

8 mm

295 mm x 221 mm

595 mm x 446 mm

12 mm

195 mm x 146 mm

395 mm x 296 mm

16 mm

145 mm x 109 mm

295 mm x 221 mm

25 mm

91 mm x 68 mm

187 mm x 140 mm

35 mm

64 mm x 48 mm

132 mm x 99 mm

50 mm

43 mm x 32 mm

91 mm x 68 mm

Table 16: Focal length vs. field of view (Stingray F-080)

Focal length
for type 1/2 sensors
Stingray F-033/046/146

Distance = 500 mm

Distance = 1000 mm

4.8 mm

660 mm x 495 mm

1327 mm x 995 mm

8 mm

394 mm x 295 mm

794 mm x 595 mm

12 mm

260 mm x 195 mm

527 mm x 395 mm

16 mm

194 mm x 145 mm

394 mm x 295 mm

25 mm

122 mm x 91 mm

250 mm x 187 mm

35 mm

85 mm x 64 mm

176 mm x 132 mm

50 mm

58 mm x 43 mm

122 mm x 91 mm

Table 17: Focal length vs. field of view (Stingray F-033/046/146)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

82

Filter and lenses

Focal length
for type 1/1.8 sensors
Stingray F-201

Distance = 500 mm

Distance = 1000 mm

4.8 mm

740 mm x 549 mm

1488 mm x 1103 mm

8 mm

441 mm x 327 mm

890 mm x 660 mm

12 mm

292 mm x 216 mm

591 mm x 438 mm

16 mm

217 mm x 161 mm

441 mm x 327 mm

25 mm

136 mm x 101 mm

280 mm x 207 mm

35 mm

95 mm x 71 mm

198 mm x 147 mm

50 mm

65 mm x 48 mm

136 mm x 101 mm

Table 18: Focal length vs. field of view (Stingray F-201)

Focal length
for type 2/3 sensors
Stingray F-145/504

Distance = 500 mm

Distance = 1000 mm

4.8 mm

908 mm x 681 mm

1825 mm x 1368 mm

8 mm

541 mm x 406 mm

1091 mm x 818 mm

12 mm

358 mm x 268 mm

725 mm x 543 mm

16 mm

266 mm x 200 mm

541 mm x 406 mm

25 mm

167 mm x 125 mm

343 mm x 257 mm

35 mm

117 mm x 88 mm

243 mm x 182 mm

50 mm

79 mm x 59 mm

167 mm x 125 mm

Table 19: Focal length vs. field of view (Stingray F-145)
Note



Lenses with focal lengths < 8 mm may show shading in theedges of the image and due to micro lenses on the sensor's
pixel.
Ask your dealer if you require non C-Mount lenses.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

83

Camera interfaces

Camera interfaces
This chapter gives you detailed information on status LEDs, inputs and outputs,
trigger features, and transmission of data packets.
Note

For a detailed description of the camera interfaces (FireWire,I/O connector), ordering numbers, and operating instructions
see the 1394 Installation Manual, Chapter Camera interfaces.

Read all the Notes and Cautions in the 1394 Installation Manual, before using any interfaces.

IEEE 1394b port pin assignment
The IEEE 1394b connector is designed for industrial use and has the following
pin assignment as per specification:

4

3

2

1

5

6 7 8

9

Pin

Signal

1

TPB-

2

TPB+

3

TPA-

4

TPA+

5

TPA (Reference ground)6

VG (GND)

7

N.C.

8

VP (Power, VCC)

9TPB (Reference ground)Figure 39: IEEE 1394b connector
Note

•


•

www



Both IEEE 1394b connectors with screw lock mechanism
provide access to the IEEE 1394 bus, enabling control of
the camera and output frames. Connect the camera byusing either of the connectors. The remaining connector
can be used to daisy chain a second camera.
Cables with latching connectors on one or both sides canbe used and are available with lengths of 5 m or 7.5 m.
Ask your local dealer for more details.

For more information on cables and on ordering cables
online (by clicking the article and sending an inquiry) go to:
http://www.alliedvision.com/en/contact

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

84

Camera interfaces

Board level camera: IEEE 1394b port pin
assignment
Board level Stingray cameras have two 1394b ports to allow daisy chaining ofcameras.
They have the same pin assignment as the Stingray housing cameras.
13-pole I/O connector:[Molex 1.25mm Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header(53047-1310)]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 = GND (for Inputs)
8 = RxD 9 = TxD
10 = Power Input(for Output ports)
11 = Input 2
12 = Output 2
13 = Cable Shield

1 = GND (for RS232, Ext PWR)
2 = Ext PWR input(PWR output on demand)
3 = Output 4
4 = Input 1
5 = Output 3
6 = Output 1

FFC45 cable length:----------------------------FFC45 L = 56 mm K7500307
FFC45 L = 110 mm K7500318

15.4
11.2
8.7 6.6
4.5

15

interface board
spacer M2x10 (4x)sensor board
2
front ﬂange with
C-Mount adapter

25
2.3 mm
PTH

36

1

2

2

J2
13

9.1

Ø 27
29

IO-AD-Board
processor board

27
2x IEEE 1394b

12

FFC45 cable

J3

2x HOLE
2.9mm PTH

2

40

PTH

2

2

3.1

28.9

13-pole connector

12

6.5

41
1n
J2
1
1M

PCB Spacer M2x5
GNDChassis

GND

1n
J3
1
1M
GND

PCB Spacer M2x5
GNDChassis

Figure 40: Board level camera: two IEEE 1394b FireWire connectors

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

85

Camera interfaces

Camera I/O connector pin assignment(For board level see Chapter Board level camera: I/O pin assignment on page 87)
Pin Signal

9

1
2

10

3

11
4

8

12
5

Direction Level

Description

1

External GND

GND for RS232 andext. power

External Ground for RS232
and external power

2

External Power+8...+36 V DC

Power supply

3

Camera Out 4

OutOpen emitter

Camera Output 4(GPOut4)
default: -4

Camera In 1

In

Uin(high) = 3 V–24 V
Uin(low) = 0 V–1.5 V

Camera Input 1(GPIn1)
default: Trigger

5

Camera Out 3

OutOpen emitter

Camera Output 3(GPOut3)
default: Busy

6

Camera Out 1

OutOpen emitter

Camera Output 1(GPOut1)
default: IntEna

7

Camera In GND In

Common GND for
inputsCamera Common Input
Ground (In GND)

8

RxD RS232

In

RS232

Terminal Receive Data

9

TxD RS232

Out

RS232

Terminal Transmit Data

10 Camera Out
Power

In

Common VCC for
outputsmax. 36 V DC

External Powerfor digital outputs(OutVCC)

11 Camera In 2

In

Uin(high) = 3 V–24 V
Uin(low) = 0 V–1.5 V

Camera Input 2(GPIn2)
default: -12 Camera Out 2

OutOpen emitter

Camera Output 2(GPOut2)
default: Follow CameraIn2

7
6

Figure 41: Camera I/O connector pin assignment
Note

GP = General PurposeFor a detailed description of the I/O connector and its operating instructions see the 1394 Installation Manual, Chapter
Stingray input description.
Read all Notes and Cautions in the 1394 Installation Manual, before using the I/O connector.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

86Camera interfaces

Board level camera: I/O pin assignment
The following diagram shows the 13-pole I/O pin connector of a board level camera:

13-pole I/O connector:[Molex 1.25mm Pitch PicoBlade Wire-to-Board Header(53047-1310)]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 = GND (for Inputs)
8 = RxD 9 = TxD
10 = Power Input(for Output ports)
11 = Input 2
12 = Output 2
13 = Cable Shield

1 = GND (for RS232, Ext PWR)
2 = Ext PWR input(PWR output on demand)
3 = Output 4
4 = Input 1
5 = Output 3
6 = Output 1

FFC45 cable length:----------------------------FFC45 L = 56 mm K7500307
FFC45 L = 110 mm K7500318

FFC45 cable

12

9.1

Ø 27
29

IO-AD-Board
processor board

15

interface board
27

1

PTH

36

13

25
2.3 mm2

2

2x IEEE 1394b

spacer M2x10 (4x)sensor board
2
front ﬂange with
C-Mount adapter

2x HOLE
2.9mm PTH

2

40

PTH

2

2

3.1

15.4
11.2
8.7 6.6
4.5

13-pole connector

12

6.5

41

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Figure 42: Board level camera: I/O pin assignment

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

87Camera interfaces

Status LEDs
Status LEDs
LED2

LED1

Figure 43: Position of status LEDs
Each of the two LEDs is tricolor: showing green, red, or orange.
RED means: red LED permanent on
RED blinking means: red LED blinks fast
+RED pulsing means: red LED is switched on for a short time. If the red LED is
already on, the LED will be switched of The state of the other color of the same
LED could be on or of
GREEN means: green LED permanent on
GREEN blinking means: green LED blinks fast
+GREEN pulsing means: green LED is switched on for a short time. If the green
LED is already on, the LED will be switched of The state of the other color of thesame LED could be on or of+GREEN pulsing (inverted) means: green LED is switched off for a short time.
Note

Both LEDs can be switched off by:••

Setting bit [17] to 1, see Table 166: on page 308
Activating Disable LED functionality check box in SmartView (Adv3 tab).
Error conditions will be shown although LEDs are switched ofStingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

88Camera interfaces

Normal conditions
Event

LED1

LED2

Camera startup

During startup all LEDs are switched on consecutively to show the startup progress:
Phase1: LED1 RED
Phase2: LED1 RED + LED1 GREEN
Phase3: LED1 RED + LED1 GREEN + LED2 RED
Phase4: LED1 RED + LED1 GREEN + LED2 RED +LED2 GREEN

Power onGREEN

Bus reset

GREEN blinking

Asynchronous traffic+GREEN pulsing

GREEN

Only GOF:
asynchronous traffic+GREEN pulsing(inverted)

GREEN

Only GOF:
GOF signal detect

GREEN

GREEN

Isochronous traffic+RED pulsing

GREEN

Waiting for external trig- RED
ger

GREEN

External trigger event+RED pulsing

RED

Table 20: LEDs showing normal conditions

Error conditions
LED1 RED

Warning
1 pulseDCAM
2 pulseMISC
3 pulseFPGA
4 pulseStack
5 pulse

LED2 GREENFPGA boot error

1-5 pulse

Stack setup

1 pulseStack start2 pulseNo FLASH object

1 pulseNo DCAM object

1 pulseRegister mapping

3 pulseVMode_ERROR_STATUS

1 pulseFORMAT_7_ERROR_1

2 pulseFORMAT_7_ERROR_2

3 pulseTable 21: Error codes

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

89Camera interfaces

Control data signals
The inputs and outputs of the camera can be configured by software. The different modes are described below.

InputsNote

For a general description of the inputs and warnings see the1394 Installation Manual, Chapter Stingray input description.

The optocoupler inverts all input signals. Inversion of the signal is controlled via
the IO_INP_CTRL1..2 register (see Table 22: on page 91).

Polarity
selectable
via software

OptoInput signal
Coupler
Input

Input state

Figure 44: Input block diagram
Triggers
All inputs configured as triggers are linked by AND. If several inputs are being
used as triggers, a high signal must be present on all inputs in order to generatea trigger signal. Each signal can be inverted. The camera must be set to external
triggering to trigger image capture by the trigger signal.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

90Camera interfaces

Input/output pin control
All input and output signals running over the camera I/O connector are controlled by an advanced feature register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000300

IO_INP_CTRL1

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..6]

Reserved

Polarity[7]

0: Signal not inverted
1: Signal inverted---[8..10]Reserved

InputMode[11..15] Mode
see Table 23: on page 91---[16..30] Reserved

PinState[31]

0xF1000304

IO_INP_CTRL2

RD: Current state of pin

Same as IO_INP_CTRL1

Table 22: Advanced register: Input control
IO_INP_CTRL 1-2
The Polarity flag determines whether the input is low active (0) or high active(1). The input mode can be seen in the following table. The PinState flag is used
to query the current status of the input.
The PinState bit reads the inverting optocoupler status after an internal negation. See Figure 44: Input block diagram on page 90.
This means that an open input sets the PinState bit to 0. (This is different to Marlin, where an open input sets PinState bit to 1.)
ID

Mode

0x00

Off

0x01

Reserved

0x02

Trigger input

0x03

Reserved

0x06

Sequence Step

0x07

Sequence Reset

0x08..0x1F

Reserved

Default

Input 1

Table 23: Input routing

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

91Camera interfaces

Note



If you set more than 1 input to function as a trigger input, alltrigger inputs are ANDed.

Trigger delay
Stingray cameras feature various ways to delay image capture based on external
trigger.
With IIDC V1.31 there is a standard CSR at Register F0F00534/834h to control adelay up to FFFh x time base value.
The following table explains the inquiry register and the meaning of the various
bits.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00534

TRIGGER_DELAY_INQUIRY Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

Abs_Control_Inq[1]

Capability of control withabsolute value

---

[2]

Reserved

One_Push_Inq[3]

One-push auto mode (controlled automatically by thecamera once)

Readout_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out thevalue of this feature

ON_OFF[5]

Capability of switching thisfeature ON and OFF

Auto_Inq[6]

Auto mode (controlled automatically by the camera)

Manual_Inq[7]

Manual mode (controlled byuser)

Min_Value[8..19]Minimum value for this feature

Max_Value[20..31] Maximum value for this feature

Table 24: Trigger delay inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

92Camera interfaces

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00834

TRIGGER_DELAY

Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in thevalue field
1: Control with value in theabsolute value CSR.
If this bit=1 the value in thevalue field has to beignored.

---[2..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Write ON or OFF this feature
Read: Status of the feature
ON=1
OFF=0

---

[7..19]Reserved

Value[20..31]

Value

Table 25: Trigger Delay CSR
The cameras also have an advanced register which allows even more precise
image capture delay after receiving a hardware trigger.
Trigger delay advanced register
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000400

TRIGGER_DELAY

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Trigger delay on/off---[7..10]Reserved

DelayTime[11..31]

Delay time in μs

Table 26: Trigger delay advanced CSR
The advanced register allows the start of the integration to be delayed by max.
221 μs, which is max. 2.1 s after a trigger edge was detected.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

93Camera interfaces

Note

•



•

Switching trigger delay to ON also switches external Trigger_Mode_0 to ON.
This feature works with external Trigger_Mode_0 only.

Outputs
Note

For a general description of the outputs and warnings see
the 1394 Installation Manual, Chapter Stingray output
description.



Output features are configured by software. Any signal can be placed on any output.
The main features of output signals are described below:
SignalDescription

IntEna (Integration Enable) signal

This signal displays the time in which exposure was made. By
using a register this output can be delayed by up to 1.05 seconds.

Fval (Frame valid) signal

This feature signals readout from the sensor. This signal Fval follows IntEna.

Busy signal

This signal appears when:•••the exposure is being made or
the sensor is being read out ordata transmission is active.

The camera is busy.
PulseWidthMod (pulse-width modula- Each output has pulse-width modulation (PWM) capabilities,tion) signal
which can be used for motorized speed control or autofocus control. See Chapter Pulse-width modulation (Stingray housing andStingray board level models) on page 99
WaitingForTrigger signal

This signal is available and useful for the outputs in Trigger Edge
Mode. (In level mode it is available but useless, because exposure time is unknown. (Signal always =0))
In edge mode it is useful to know if the camera can accept a new
trigger (without overtriggering).
See Table 29: on page 97 and Figure 46: on page 98
Table 27: Output signals

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

94Camera interfaces

Outputmode
selectable
via software

Polarity
selectable
via software
Operation state
read

IntEna
FVal
Busy

Opto-

PulseWidthMod
WaitingForTrigger

Output signal

Coupler

Operation state
read

Figure 45: Output block diagram
IO_OUTP_CTRL 1-4
The outputs (output mode, polarity) are controlled via 4 advanced feature registers (see Table 28: on page 96).
The Polarity field determines whether the output is inverted or not. For the Output mode see Table 29: on page 97 for details. The current status of the output
can be queried and set via the PinState.
It is possible to read back the status of an output pin regardless of the output
mode. For example, this allows the host computer to determine if the camera isbusy by simply polling the BUSY output.
Note

Outputs in Direct Mode:For correct functionality the polarity should always be set
to 0 (SmartView: Trig/IO tab, Invert=No).

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

95

Camera interfaces

Output control
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000320

IO_OUTP_CTRL1

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)

PWMCapable[1]

Indicates if an output pin supports the PWM feature.
See Table 30: on page 99.

---[2..6]

Reserved

Polarity[7]

0: Signal not inverted
1: Signal inverted---[8..10]Reserved

Output mode

[11..15] Mode
see Table 29: on page 97---[16..30] Reserved

PinState[31]

RD: Current state of pin
WR: New state of pin

0xF1000324

IO_OUTP_CTRL2

Same as IO_OUTP_CTRL1

0xF1000328

IO_OUTP_CTRL3

Same as IO_OUTP_CTRL1

0xF100032C

IO_OUTP_CTRL4

Same as IO_OUTP_CTRL1

Table 28: Advanced register: Output control

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

96Camera interfaces

Output modes
ID

Mode

Default / description

0x00

Off

0x01

Output state follows PinState bit Using this mode, the Polarity bit
has to be set to 0 (not inverted).
This is necessary for an error freedisplay of the output status.

0x02

Integration enable

0x03

Reserved

0x04

Reserved

0x05

Reserved

0x06

FrameValid

0x07

Busy

0x08

Follow corresponding input(Inp1 Out1, Inp2  Out2)

0x09

PWM (=pulse-width modulation) Stingray housed and board level
models0x0A

WaitingForTrigger

Output 1

Output 2

Only in Trigger Edge Mode.
All other Mode = 0
WaitingForTrigger is useful toknow, if a new trigger will be
accepted.

0x0B..0x1F

Reserved
Table 29: Output modes
PinState 0 switches off the output transistor and produces a low level over the
resistor connected from the output to ground.
The following diagram illustrates the dependencies of the various output signals.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

97

Camera interfaces

External trigger input
Delay set by
Trigger_Delay register
IntegrationEnable (IntEna)

Delay set by
IntEna_Delay register
IntEna delayed

FrameValid (FVal)

Busy

WaitingForTrigger (only edge mode)

Figure 46: Output impulse diagram
Note

The signals can be inverted.


Caution

Firing a new trigger while IntEna is still active can result in
missing image.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

98

Camera interfaces

Note

•



•

Note that trigger delay delays the image capture,
whereas IntEna_Delay only delays the leading edge of
IntEna output signal, but it does not delay the image
capture.
The outputs can be set by software. In this case, theachievable maximum frequency is strongly dependent on
individual software capabilities. As a rule of thumb, thecamera itself will limit the toggle frequency to not morethan 700 Hz.

Pulse-width modulation (Stingray housing andStingray board level models)The 2 inputs and 4 outputs are independent. Each output has pulse-width modulation (PWM) capabilities, which can be used for motorized speed control or
autofocus control with additional external electronics.
Period and pulse width are adjustable via the following registers. For additional
examples see Chapter PWM: Examples in practice on page 101:
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000800

IO_OUTP_PWM1

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)

---

[1]

Reserved---[2..3]

Reserved

MinPeriod[4..19]Minimum PWM period in μs(read only)---[20..27]

Reserved---[28..31]

Reserved

PulseWidth[0..15]PWM pulse width in μs

Period[16..31]

PWM period in μs

0xF1000804
0xF1000808

IO_OUTP_PWM2

Same as IO_OUTP_PWM1

IO_OUTP_PWM3

Same as IO_OUTP_PWM1

IO_OUTP_PWM4

Same as IO_OUTP_PWM1

0xF100080C
0xF1000810
0xF1000814
0xF1000818
0xF100081C

Table 30: PWM configuration registers
To enable the PWM feature select output mode 0x09. Control the signal state via
the PulseWidth and Period fields (all times in μs).

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

99

Camera interfaces

PeriodPulseWidth

Figure 47: PulseWidth and Period definition
Note

Note the following conditions:••

PulseWidth  Period
Period  MinPeriod

PWM: minimal and maximal periods and frequencies
The following formulas present the minimal/maximal periods and frequencies
for the pulse-width modulation (PWM).
period min = 3μs
11 frequency max = ---------------------- = -------- = 333.33kHz
period min 3μs
1frequency min = ------------------------- = 15.26Hz
16–6

2 10 s161
 period max = ------------------------------- = 2 μs
frequencymin

Formula 1: Minimal/maximal period and frequency

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

100

Camera interfaces

PWM: Examples in practiceThis chapter presents two examples, on how to write values in the PWM registers.
All values have to be written in microseconds in the PWM registers.
Example 1:
Set PWM with 1kHz at 30% pulse width.
1
1
RegPeriod = ---------------------------------------- = ----------------------------- = 1000
–6–6frequency 10 s
1kHz 10 s
RegPulseWidth = RegPeriod  30% = 1000  30% = 300
Formula 2: PWM example 1
Example 2:
Set PWM with 250 Hz at 12% pulse width.
1
1
RegPeriod = ---------------------------------------- = -------------------------------- = 4000
–6–6250Hz 10 s
frequency 10 s
RegPulseWidth = RegPeriod  12% = 4000  12% = 480
Formula 3: PWM example 2

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

101

Camera interfaces

Pixel data
Pixel data are transmitted as isochronous data packets in accordance with the1394 interface described in IIDC V1.31. The first packet of a frame is identified
by the 1 in the sync bit (sy) of the packet header.

sync bit
0-7

8-15

16-23

data_lengthtgchannel

24-31
tCode

sy

header_CRC
Video data payload

data_CRC
Table 31: Isochronous data block packet format. Source: IIDC V1.31
Field

Description

data_length

Number of bytes in the data fieldtg

Tag field
shall be set to zerochannelIsochronous channel number, as programmed in the iso_channel fieldof the cam_sta_ctrl register

tCode

Transaction codeshall be set to the isochronous data block packet tCodesy

Synchronization value (sync bit)
This is one single bit. It indicates the start of a new frame.
It shall be set to 0001h on the first isochronous data block of a frame,and shall be set to zero on all other isochronous blocks

Video data payload

Shall contain the digital video information
Table 32: Description of data block packet format•••

The video data for each pixel are output in either 8-bit or 14-bit format(Packed 12-Bit Mode: 12-bit format).
Each pixel has a range of 256 or 16384 (Packed 12-Bit Mode: 4096)
shades of gray.
The digital value 0 is black and 255 or 65535 (Packed 12-Bit Mode: 4095)
is white, but only every fourth value is used. In 16-bit mode the data output is MSB aligned.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

102

Camera interfaces

The following tables provide a description of the video data format for the different modes. (Source: IIDC V1.31; packed 12-bit mode: Allied Vision)<YUV8 (4:2:2) format>
Each component has 8-bit data.
<YUV8 (4:2:2) format>
U(K+0)

Y(K+0)

V(K+0)

Y(K+1)

U(K+2)

Y(K+2)

V(K+2)

Y(K+3)

U(K+4)

Y(K+4)

V(K+4)

Y(K+5)

U(K+Pn-6)

Y(K+Pn-6)

V(K+Pn-6)

Y(K+Pn-5)

U(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-4)

V(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-3)

U(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-2)

V(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-1)

Table 33: YUV8 (4:2:2) format: Source: IIDC V1.31<YUV8 (4:1:1) format>
Each component has 8-bit data.
<YUV8 (4:1:1) format>
U(K+0)

Y(K+0)

Y(K+1)

V(K+0)

Y(K+2)

Y(K+3)

U(K+4)

Y(K+4)

Y(K+5)

V(K+4)

Y(K+6)

Y(K+7)

U(K+Pn-8)

Y(K+Pn-8)

Y(K+Pn-7)

V(K+Pn-8)

Y(K+Pn-6)

Y(K+Pn-5)

U(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-3)

V(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-1)

Table 34: YUV8 (4:1:1) format: Source: IIDC V1.31

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

103

Camera interfaces<Y (Mono8/Raw8) format>
Y component has 8-bit data.
<Y (Mono8/Raw8) format>
Y(K+0)

Y(K+1)

Y(K+2)

Y(K+3)

Y(K+4)

Y(K+5)

Y(K+6)

Y(K+7)

Y(K+Pn-8)

Y(K+Pn-7)

Y(K+Pn-6)

Y(K+Pn-5)

Y(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-3)

Y(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-1)

Table 35: Y (Mono8) format: Source: IIDC V1.31 / Y (Raw8) format: Allied Vision<Y (Mono16/Raw16) format>
Y component has 16-bit data.
<Y (Mono16) format>
High byte

Low byte
Y(K+0)

Y(K+1)

Y(K+2)

Y(K+3)

Y(K+Pn-4)

Y(K+Pn-3)

Y(K+Pn-2)

Y(K+Pn-1)

Table 36: Y (Mono16) format: Source: IIDC V1.31

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

104Camera interfaces<Y (Mono12/Raw12) format><Y (Mono12) format>
Y(K+0) [11..4]

Y(K+1) [3..0]

Y(K+1) [11..4]

Y(K+2) [11..4]

Y(K+4) [11..4]

Y(K+5) [3..0]

Y(K+0) [3..0]
Y(K+3) [3..0]

Y(K+3) [11..4]

Y(K+2) [3..0]
Y(K+5) [11..4]

Y(K+4) [3..0]
Y(K+6) [11..4]

Y(K+7) [3..0]

Y(K+7) [11..4]

Y(K+6) [3..0]
Table 37: Packed 12-Bit Mode (mono and raw) Y12 format (Allied Vision)<RGB8 format>
Each component has 8-bit data.
<RGB8 format>
R(K+0)

G(K+0)

B(K+0)

R(K+1)

G(K+1)

B(K+1)

R(K+2)

G(K+2)

B(K+2)

R(K+3)

G(K+3)

B(K+3)

R(K+Pn-4)

G(K+Pn-4)

B(K+Pn-4)

R(K+Pn-3)

G(K+Pn-3)

B(K+Pn-3)

R(K+Pn-2)

G(K+Pn-2)

B(K+Pn-2)

R(K+Pn-1)

G(K+Pn-1)

B(K+Pn-1)

Table 38: RGB8 format: Source: IIDC V1.31

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

105

Camera interfaces<Y(Mono8/Raw8), RGB8>
Each component (Y, R, G, B) has 8-bit data. The data type is Unsigned Char.
Y, R, G, B

Signal level (decimal)

Data (hexadecimal)

Highest

255

0xFF

254

0xFE

.

.

.

.

1

0x01

0

0x00

LowestFigure 48: Data structure of Mono8, RGB8; Source: IIDC V1.31 /Y(Mono8/Raw8) format: Allied Vision<YUV8>
Each component (Y, U, V) has 8-bit data. The Y component is the same as in theabove table.
U, V

Signal level (decimal)

Data (hexadecimal)

Highest (+)

127

0xFF

126

0xFE

.

.

.

.

1

0x81

0

0x80

-1

0x7F

-127

0x01

-128

0x00

LowestHighest (-)

Figure 49: Data structure of YUV8; Source: IIDC V1.31

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

106

Camera interfaces<Y(Mono16)>
Y component has 16-bit data. The data type is Unsigned Short (big-endian).
Y

Signal level (decimal)

Data (hexadecimal)

Highest65535

0xFFFF

65534

0xFFFE

.

.

.

.

1

0x000100x0000

LowestFigure 50: Data structure of Y(Mono16); Source: IIDC V1.31<Y(Mono12)>
Y component has 12-bit data. The data type is unsigned.
Y

Signal level (decimal)

Data (hexadecimal)

Highest4095

0x0FFF

4094

0x0FFE

.

.

.

.

1

0x000100x0000

LowestTable 39: Data structure of Packed 12-Bit Mode (mono and raw) (Allied Vision)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

107

Description of the data path

Description of the data path
Block diagrams of the cameras
The following diagrams illustrate the data flow and the bit resolution of image
data after being read from the CCD sensor chip in the camera. The individual
blocks are described in more detail in the following paragraphs. For sensor data
see chapter Specifications on page 45.

Black and white cameras

Gain
SensorOffsetAnalogAnalogAnalogADC

14 bitHorizontal
mirrorHorizontal
masking

14 bitHorizontal
sub-sampling

14 bitShading
correction

8 bit

Frame
memory16 bitHSNR
control

14 bit

LUT
14
4 bit
bit

12 10

1394 bHIROSE I/O
RS232

IEEE 1394binterface

14 bitCamera control

Setting LUT = OFF: Effectively makes full use of the 14 bit by bypassing the LUT circuitry
Setting LUT = ON: The most significant 12 bit of the 14 bit are used and further down converted
to 10 bit

Figure 51: Block diagram b/w camera

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

108Description of the data path

Color cameras

Gain
SensorWhite balance

OffsetAnalogADC

14 bitHorizontal
sub-sampling

14 bitHorizontal
masking

14 bitHue
Saturation
Color correction
Color conversion

8 bitIEEE 1394binterface1394b

AnalogAnalog

14 bitHorizontal
mirrorTest-PatternFramememory16 bitHSNR
control

14 bit14 bitCamera control

LUT
14 bit12

10

Shading
correction

16 bitRaw8, Raw12, Raw16: 16 bit

8 bit

8 bit

HIROSE I/O
RS232

Sharpness
Colorinterpolation

Camera control

Setting LUT = OFF: Effectively makes full use of the 14 bit by bypassing the LUT circuitry
Setting LUT = ON: The most significant 12 bit of the 14 bit are used and further down converted t
10 bitFigure 52: Block diagram color camera

White balance
There are two types of white balance:• one-push white balance: white balance is done only once (not continuously)• auto white balance (AWB): continuously optimizes the color characteristicsof the image
Stingray color cameras have both one-push white balance and auto white balance.
White balance is applied so that non-colored image parts are displayed non-colored.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

109

Description of the data path

From the user's point, the white balance settings are made in register 80Ch of
IIDC V1.31. This register is described in more detail below.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

0xF0F0080C

WHITE_BALANCE Presence_Inq [0]Description
Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolute value
CSR
If this bit=1, the value in the Value field willbe ignored.

---[2..4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write 1: begin to work (self-cleared after
operation)
Read:
1: in operation
0: not in operation
If A_M_Mode = 1, this bit will be ignored.

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON

A_M_MODE[7]

Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTOU/B_Value[8..19]U/B value
This field is ignored when writing the value
in Auto or OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available, reading this field has no meaning.

V/R_Value[20..31] V/R value
This field is ignored when writing the value
in Auto or OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available, reading this field has no meaning.

Table 40: White balance register
The values in the U/B_Value field produce changes from green to blue; the V/
R_Value field from green to red as illustrated below.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

110

Description of the data path

Note



While lowering both U/B and V/R registers from 284 towards 0,
the lower one of the two effectively controls the green gain.

Figure 53: U/V slider range

Type

Range

Range in dB

Stingray color cameras

0 ... 568

 10 dB

Table 41: Manual gain range of the various Stingray types
The increment length is ~0.0353 dB/step.

One-push white balance
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in control and status register (CSR):
See Table 40: on page 110.

The camera automatically generates frames, based on the current settings of all
registers (GAIN, OFFSET, SHUTTER, etc.).
For white balance, in total 9 frames are processed. The whole image or a subset
of it is used for the white balance algorithm. The R-G-B component values of thesamples are added and are used as actual values for the one-push white balance.
This feature assumes that the R-G-B component sums of the samples shall beequal; i.e., that the average of the sampled grid pixels is monochrome.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

111

Description of the data path

Note



The following ancillary condition should be observed for successful white balance:•

There are no stringent or special requirements on theimage content, it requires only the presence of monochrome pixels in the image.

If the image capture is active (e.g. IsoEnable set in register 614h), the frames
used by the camera for white balance are also output on the 1394 bus. Any previously active image capture is restarted after the completion of white balance.
The following flow diagram illustrates the one-push white balance sequence.

Pause image
captureCapture image
via one-shot
Repeat steps
nine times
Calculate andset correction
valuesRestart image
capture if
necessary

Figure 54: One-push white balance sequence
Finally, the calculated correction values can be read from the WHITE_BALANCE
register 80Ch.
Auto white balance (AWB)
The auto white balance feature continuously optimizes the color characteristicsof the image.
For the white balance algorithm the whole image or a subset of it is used.
Auto white balance can also be enabled by using an external trigger. However,if there is a pause of >10 seconds between capturing individual frames this process is aborted.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

112

Description of the data path

Note



The following ancillary conditions should be observed for successful white balance:••

There are no stringent or special requirements on theimage content, it requires only the presence of equallyweighted RGB pixels in the image.
Auto white balance can be started both during active
image capture and when the camera is in idle state.

Note

ConfigurationTo set position and size of the control area (Auto_Function_AOI) in an advanced register: see Table 147: on page 292.

AUTOFNC_AOI affects the auto shutter, auto gain and auto white balance features and is independent of the Format_7 AOI settings. If this feature is switched
off the work area position and size will follow the current active image size.
Within this area, the R-G-B component values of the samples are added and used
as actual values for the feedback.
The following drawing illustrates the AUTOFNC_AOI settings in greater detail.

AOI: X-size

0,0

AF_AREA_POSITION: Left,Top

AOI: Y-size

Sampling grid for Auto-Function

AF_AREA_SIZE: Height: n x 4

AF_AREA_SIZE: Width: n x 4

Figure 55: AUTOFNC_AOI positioning
The algorithm is assumes that the R-G-B component sums of the samples areequal, i.e., that the mean of the sampled grid pixels is monochrome.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

113

Description of the data path

Auto shutter
Stingray cameras are equipped with auto shutter feature. When enabled, theauto shutter adjusts the shutter within the default shutter limits or within those
set in advanced register F1000360h in order to reach the reference brightness
set in auto exposure register.
Note

Target grey level parameter in SmartView corresponds toAuto_exposure register 0xF0F00804 (IIDC).
Increasing the auto exposure value increases the average
brightness in the image and vice versa.

The applied algorithm uses a proportional plus integral controller (PI controller) to achieve minimum delay with zero overshot.
To configure this feature in control and status register (CSR):
Register

Name

0xF0F0081C SHUTTER

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq [0]Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolute value CSR
If this bit=1, the value in the Value field will be ignored.

---[2..4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write 1: begin to work (self-cleared after operation)
Read:
1: in operation
0: not in operation
If A_M_Mode = 1, this bit will be ignored.

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON

A_M_MODE[7]

Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTO---[8..19]Reserved

Value[20..31] Read/Write Value
This field is ignored when writing the value in Auto or
OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available, reading this field
has no meaning.

Table 42: CSR: Shutter

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

114

Description of the data path

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
145: on page 290.

Auto gain
All Stingray cameras are equipped with auto gain feature.
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
146: on page 291.

When enabled auto gain adjusts the gain within the default gain limits or within
the limits set in advanced register F1000370h in order to reach the brightness
set in auto exposure register as reference.
Increasing the auto exposure value (target grey value) increases the average
brightness in the image and vice versa.
The applied algorithm uses a proportional plus integral controller (PI controller) to achieve minimum delay with zero overshot.
The following tables show the gain and auto exposure CSR.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

115

Description of the data path

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00820

GAIN

Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the value field
1: Control with value in the absolutevalue CSR
If this bit=1 the value in the value field
has to be ignored.

---[2..4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write: Set bit high to start
Read: Status of the feature:
Bit high: WIP
Bit low: Ready

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON

A_M_MODE[7]

Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTO---[8..19]Reserved

Value[20..31] Read/Write Value
This field is ignored when writing thevalue in Auto or OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available,
reading this field has no meaning.
Table 43: CSR: Gain

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

116Description of the data path

Register

Name

0xF0F00804

Field

Bit

Description

AUTO_EXPOSURE Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the value field
1: Control with value in the absolutevalue CSR
If this bit=1 the value in the value field
has to be ignored.

---[2..4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write: Set bit high to star
Read: Status of the feature:
Bit high: WIP
Bit low: Ready

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON

A_M_MODE[7]

Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTO---[8..19]Reserved

Value[20..31] Read/Write Value
This field is ignored when writing thevalue in Auto or OFF mode.
If readout capability is not available,
reading this field has no meaning.

Table 44: CSR: Auto Exposure
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
146: on page 291.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

117Description of the data path

Note



•
•
•

Values can only be changed within the limits of gain CSR.
Changes in auto exposure register only have an effectwhen auto gain is active.
Auto exposure limits are 50..205. (SmartViewCtrl1
tab: Target grey level)

Manual gain
Stingray cameras are equipped with a gain setting, allowing the gain to be manually adjusted on the fly by means of a simple command register write.
The following ranges can be used when manually setting the gain for the analog
video signal:
Type

Range

Range in dB

Stingray color cameras

0–680

0–24.4 dB

Stingray b/w cameras

0–680

0–24.4 dB

Stingray F-504B/C

0–670

0–24.053 dB

Increment length~0.0359 dB/step

Table 45: Manual gain range of the various Stingray types
Note



•
•

Setting the gain does not change the offset (black value)
A higher gain produces greater image noise. This reduces
image quality. For this reason, try first to increase thebrightness, using the aperture of the camera optics and/or longer shutter settings.

Brightness (black level or offset)
It is possible to set the black level in the camera within the following ranges:
0 ... +16 gray values (@ 8 bit)
Increments are in 1/64 LSB (@ 8 bit)
Note



•

Setting the gain does not change the offset (black
value).

The IIDC register brightness at offset 800h is used for this purpose.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

118

Description of the data path

The following table shows the BRIGHTNESS register:
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00800

BRIGHTNESS

Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the value field
1: Control with value in the absolutevalue CSR
If this bit=1 the value in the value field
has to be ignored---[2..4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write: Set bit high to start
Read: Status of the feature:
Bit high: WIP
Bit low: Ready

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON

A_M_MODE[7]

Write: set mode
Read: read current mode
0: MANUAL
1: AUTO---[8..19]Reserved

Value[20..31]

Read/Write Value; this field is ignored
when writing the value in Auto or OFF
mode; if readout capability is not available reading this field has no meaning.

Table 46: CSR: Brightness

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

119Description of the data path

Horizontal mirror function
All Stingray cameras are equipped with an electronic mirror function, which mirrors pixels from the left side of the image to the right side and vice versa.
The mirror is centered to the current FOV center and can be combined with all
image manipulation functions, like binning and shading.
This function is especially useful when the camera is looking at objects with thehelp of a mirror or in certain microscopy applications.
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
150: on page 294.

Note

The use of the mirror function with color cameras and image
output in RAW format has implications on the BAYER-orderingof the colors.



Mirror OFF: R-G-G-B (all Stingray color cameras)

Mirror ON: G-R-B-G (all Stingray color cameras)

Figure 56: Mirror and Bayer order
Note

During switchover one image may be corrupted.


Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

120

Description of the data path

Shading correction
Shading correction is used to compensate for non-homogeneities caused bylighting or optical characteristics within specified ranges.
To correct a frame, a multiplier from 1–2 is calculated for each pixel in
1/256 steps: this allows for shading to be compensated by up to 50 %.
Besides generating shading data off-line and downloading it to the camera, thecamera allows correction data to be generated automatically in the camera itsel
Note



•
•
•

Shading correction does not support the mirror function.
If you use shading correction with mirror function, activate the mirror before building shading image.
Due to binning and sub-sampling in the Format_7 modes
read the following hints to build shading image in Format_7 modes.

Building shading image in Format_7 modes
horizontal Binning/sub-sampling is always done after shading correction. Shading isalways done on full horizontal resolution. Therefore shading image has always
to be built in full horizontal resolution.
vertical Binning, sub-sampling and mirror are done before shading correction. Therefore, shading image has to be built in the correct vertical resolution and withneeded mirror settings.
Note

•


•

Build shading image always with the full horizontal resolution(0 x horizontal binning / 0 x horizontal sub-sampling),
but with the desired vertical binning/sub-sampling/mirror.
Shading correction in F7 mode 0 (Mono8) is only
available up to S400.

First example
4 x horizontal binning, 2 x vertical binning build shading image with 0 x horizontal binning and 2 x vertical binning
Second example
2 out of 8 horizontal sub-sampling, 2 out of 8 vertical sub-sampling build shading image with 0 x horizontal sub-sampling and 2 out of 8 verticalsub-sampling

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

121

Description of the data path

How to store shading image
There are two storing possibilities:• After generating the shading image in the camera, it can be uploaded tothe host computer for nonvolatile storage purposes.
• The shading image can be stored in the camera itsel
The following illustration shows the process of automatic generation of correction data. Surface plots and histograms were created using the ImageJ program.

255.0

surface plot

0.0

0.0
48
ls
xe
pi

histogram

els
0 pix
640.

0

256
Count: 307200 Min: 79
Mean: 135.337 Max. 19
StdDev. 30.497 Mode:88 (4200)

Figure 57: Shading correction: Source image with non-uniform illumination•••

The source image with non-uniform illumination (on the left).
The surface plot on the right clearly shows a gradient of the brightness (0:brightest  255: darkest pixels).
The histogram shows a wide band of gray values.

High-frequency image data is removed from the source image, by defocusing thelens; therefore, this data is not included in the shading image.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

122Description of the data path

Automatic generation of correction data
Requirements
Shading correction compensates for non-homogeneities by giving all pixels thesame gray value as the brightest pixel. This means that only the backgroundmust be visible and the brightest pixel has a gray value of less than 255 when
automatic generation of shading data is started.
It may be necessary to use a neutral white reference, e.g. a piece of paper,
instead of the real image.
Algorithm
After the start of automatic generation, the camera pulls in the number offrames set in the GRAB_COUNT register. Recommended values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32,
64, 128 or 256. An arithmetic mean value is calculated from them to reducenoise.
Consecutively, a search is made for the brightest pixel in the mean value frame.
The brightest pixel(s) remain unchanged. A factor is then calculated for eachpixel to be multiplied by, giving it the gray value of the brightest pixel.
All of these multipliers are saved in a shading reference image. The time required
for this process depends on the number of frames to be calculated and on the
resolution of the image.
Correction alone can compensate for shading by up to 50% and relies on full resolution data to minimize the generation of missing codes.
The following flowchart shows the process in detail:Set GrabCount to # ofdesired frames

Set BuildImage Flag to true

Poll SHGD_Control
Register until Busy and
BuildImage Flag areresetted

Figure 58: Automatic generation of a shading image

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

123Description of the data path

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
139: on page 283.

Note

•

The SHDG_CTRL register should not be queried at very
short intervals. This is because each query delays thegeneration of the shading image. An optimal interval
time is 500 ms.

•

Calculation of shading data is always carried out at thecurrent resolution setting. If the AOI is later larger than
the window in which correction data was calculated,none of the pixels lying outside are corrected.
For Format_7 mode, it is advisable to generate the shading image in the largest displayable frame format. This
ensures that any smaller AOIs are completely covered by
the shading correction.
Automatic generation of shading data can also beenabled when image capture is already running. The camera then pauses the running image capture for the timeneeded for generation and resumes after generation iscompleted.
Shading correction can be combined with the image mirror and gamma functionality.
Changing binning modes involves the generation of new
shading reference images due to a change in the image
size.


Note



•

•

•
•

After the lens has been focused again the image below will be seen, but now witha considerably more uniform gradient.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

124

Description of the data path

255.0

surface plot

0.0
48
0.0
els
pix

histogram

640.0

s
pixel

0

256
Count: 307200
Mean: 157.039
StdDev: 2.629

Min: 139
Max: 162
Mode: 158 (84449)

Figure 59: Example of shaded image•••

The image after shading correction (on the left).
The surface plot on the right clearly shows nearly no more gradient of thebrightness (0: brightest  255: darkest pixels). The remaining gradient isrelated to the fact that the source image is lower than 50% on the righthand side.
The histogram shows a peak with very few different gray values.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

125Description of the data path

Loading a shading image out of the camera
GPDATA_BUFFER is used to load a shading image out of the camera. Because thesize of a shading image is larger than GPDATA_BUFFER, input must be handled
in several steps:

Query limits fromregister:
SHDG_INFO andGPDATA_INFO

Set EnableMemRD
to true (1)Set AddrOffset to 0

Read n databytesof
GPDATA_BUFFER

Increase
AddrOffset by n
bytes

Repeat steps until
all data is read

Check
EnableMemRD forno change

Set EnableMemRD
to false (0)Figure 60: Uploading shading image to host
Note

Configuration••

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See
Table 139: on page 283.
For information on GPDATA_BUFFER: See chapter
GPDATA_BUFFER on page 328.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

126

Description of the data path

Loading a shading image into the camera
GPDATA_BUFFER is used to load a shading image into the camera. Because thesize of a shading image is larger than GPDATA_BUFFER, input must be handled
in several steps (see Chapter Reading or writing shading image from/into thecamera on page 284).

Query limits fromregister:
SHDG_INFO andGPDATA_INFO

Set EnableMemWR
to true (1)Set AddrOffset to 0

Write n databytes
in
GPDATA_BUFFER

Increase
AddrOffset by n
bytes

Repeat steps until
all data is written

Check
EnableMemWR forno change

Set EnableMemWR
to false (0)Figure 61: Loading the shading reference image
Note

Configuration••

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See
Table 139: on page 283.
For information on GPDATA_BUFFER: See chapter
GPDATA_BUFFER on page 328.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

127

Description of the data path

Look-up table (LUT) and gamma function
The Stingray camera provides one user-defined LUT(LUT). The use of this LUT
allows any function (in the form Output = F(Input)) to be stored in the camera's
RAM and to be applied on the individual pixels of an image at run-time.
The address lines of the RAM are connected to the incoming digital data, thesein turn point to the values of functions calculated offline; e.g., with a spreadsheet program.
This function needs to be loaded into the camera's RAM before use.
One example of using an LUT is the gamma LUT:
There is one gamma LUT (gamma = 0.45)
Output = (Input)0.45
This gamma LUT is used with all Stingray models.
Gamma is known as compensation for the nonlinear brightness response ofmany displays e.g. CRT monitors. The LUT converts the incoming 12 bit from thedigitizer to outgoing 10 bit.
Stingray, gamma = 0,45
1000

Output

800
600
400
200
0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

Input

Figure 62: LUT with gamma = 0.45 and Output = f(Input)
Note

•



•

•

The input value is the most significant 12-bit value fromthe digitizer.
Gamma 1 (gamma=0.45) switches on the LUT. After overriding the LUT with a user defined content, gamma functionality is no longer available until the next full initialization of the camera.
LUT content is volatile if you do not use the user profiles
to save the LUT.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

128

Description of the data path

Loading an LUT into the camera
Loading the LUT is carried out through the data exchange buffer called
GPDATA_BUFFER. As this buffer can hold a maximum of 2 kB, and a complete LUT
at 4096 x 10 bit is 5 kByte, programming can not take place in a one block write
step because the size of an LUT is larger than GPDATA_BUFFER. Therefore, input
must be handled in several steps, as shown in the following flow diagram.
Query limits fromregister:
LUT_INFO andGPDATA_INFO

Set EnableMemWR
to true (1)Set AddrOffset to 0

Write n databytes
in
GPDATA_BUFFER

Offset is increasedin camera after n
bytes are written

Repeat steps until
all data is written

Check
EnableMemWR forno change

Set EnableMemWR
to false (0)Figure 63: Loading an LUT
Note

Configuration••

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See
Table 138: on page 281.
For information on GPDATA_BUFFER: See chapter
GPDATA_BUFFER on page 328.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

129Description of the data path

Defect pixel correction
The mechanisms of defect pixel correction are explained in the following drawings. All examples are done in Format_7 Mode_0 (full resolution).
The X marks a defect pixel.
50% brightnessof pixel value

1. example

50% brightnessof pixel valueXb/w

50% brightnessof pixel value

50% brightnessof pixel value

2. example

X

X

b/w
50% brightnessof corrected value

50% brightnessof pixel value

50% brightnessof pixel value

50% brightnessof pixel value

3. example

R

G

RX

G

R

G

color

G

B

G

B

G

B

Figure 64: Mechanisms of defect pixel correction

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

130Description of the data path

Building defect pixel correction image inFormat_7 modes
horizontal Binning/sub-sampling is always done after defect pixel correction. Defect pixel
correction is always done on full horizontal resolution. Therefore, defect pixel
detection has always to be done in full horizontal resolution.
vertical Binning/sub-sampling is done in the sensor, before defect pixel correction.
Therefore, defect pixel detection has to be done in the correct verticalresolution.
Note

Detect defect pixels always with the full horizontal resolution(0 x horizontal binning / 0 x horizontal sub-sampling), butwith the desired vertical binning/sub-sampling.

First example
4 x horizontal binning, 2 x vertical binning detect defect pixels with 0 x horizontal binning and 2 x vertical binning
Second example
2 out of 8 horizontal sub-sampling, 2 out of 8 vertical sub-sampling detect defect pixels with 0 x horizontal sub-sampling and 2 out of 8 verticalsub-sampling

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

131

Description of the data path

Flow diagram of defect pixel correction
The following flow diagram illustrates the defect pixel detection:

Set resolution toFormat_7 Mode_x
Or
Set resolution toFormat_7 Mode_0
when using fixedmodes.
Set AOI to max.

Set values for
shutter, gain
to max.

Choose threshold

Set BuildDPData
to 1

Set ON_OFF to 1

Optional:
Set MemSave to 1

Figure 65: Defect pixel correction: build and store
Note

While building defect pixel correction data or uploading themfrom host, the defect pixel correction data are stored volatile
in FPGA.
Optional you can store the data in a non-volatile memory (Set
MemSave to 1).

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
143: on page 287.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

132

Description of the data path

Building defect pixel data
Note



•

•
•
•

•
•

Defect pixel detection is only possible in Mono8/Raw8
modes. In all other modes you get an error message inadvanced register 0xF1000298 bit [1] see Table 143: on
page 287.
Using Format_7 Mode_x: Defect pixel detection is donein Format_7 Mode_x.
Using a fixed format (Format_0, Format_1 or Format_2):
Defect pixel detection is done in Format_7 Mode_0.
When using defect pixel correction with binning and subsampling: first switch to binning/sub-sampling modeand then apply defect pixel detection.
Optional: To improve the quality of defect pixel
detection, activate HSNR mode additionally.
There is a maximum of 256 defect pixels that can befound. If the algorithm detects more defect pixels, thenit will end with an error. For more details, see DPDataSize
register on page 288.

To build defect pixel data perform the following steps:
Grab an image with defect pixel data
1.

Take the camera, remove lens, and put on lens cap.

2.

Set image resolution to Format_7 Mode_x or Format_7 Mode_0 (whenusing fixed modes) and set AOI to maximum.

3.

Set values for shutter and gain to max.

4.

Grab a single image.

Calculate defect pixel coordinates
5.

Accept default threshold from system or choose a different threshold.

Note



A mean value is calculated over the entire image that is
grabbed internal.
Definition: A defect pixel is every pixel value of this previously
grabbed image that is:• greater than (mean value + threshold)or• less than (mean value - threshold)6.

Set the BuildDPData flag to 1.
In microcontroller the defect pixel calculation is started. The detected
defect pixel coordinates are stored in the dual port RAM of the FPGA.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

133Description of the data path

Defect pixel coordinates are:– 16-bit y-coordinate and– 16-bit x-coordinate
The calculated mean value is written in advanced register Mean field(0xF1000298 bit [18..24]).
The number of defect pixels is written in advanced register DPDataSize(0xF100029C bit [4..17]). Due to 16-bit format: to get the number ofdefect pixels read out this value and divide through 4. For more information see Table 143: on page 287.
Reset values (resolution, shutter, gain, brightness)
7.

Take the camera, remove lens cap, and thread the lens onto the camera.

8.

Reset values for image resolution, shutter, gain, and brightness (offset) totheir previous values.

9.

Grab a single image (one-shot).

Activate/deactivate defect pixel correction
Activate:
1.

Set ON_OFF flag to 1.
The defect pixel correction is activated in FPGA.

Deactivate:
1.

Set ON_OFF flag to 0.
The defect pixel correction is deactivated in FPGA.

Store defect pixel data non-volatile
1.

Set the MemSave flag to 1.
All previous calculated defect pixel coordinates are transferred from thedual port RAM to the EEPROM on the sensor board.
 Defect pixel data is stored twice in the camera:– Stored volatile: in dual port RAM– Stored non-volatile: in EEPROM

Load non-volatile stored defect pixel data
1.

Set the MemLoad flag to 1.
All non-volatile stored defect pixel coordinates within the EEPROM areloaded into the dual port RAM.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

134Description of the data path

Note

•



Switch off camera and switch on again: defect pixel data in dual port RAM will get lost•

Start-up camera / initialize camera: non-volatile stored defect pixel data are loaded automatically from EEPROM to dual port RAM.

Send defect pixel data to the host1.

Set EnaMemRD flag to 1.
Defect pixel data is transferred from dual port RAM to host.

2.

Read DPDataSize.
This is the current defect pixel count from the camera.

Receive defect pixel data from the host1.

Set EnaMemWR flag to 1.
Defect pixel data is transferred from host to dual port RAM.

DPC data: storing mechanism
MemWrite
MemRead

Dual
port
RAM

FPGA

Build

Load
Save

µC

NonvolatilememoryHost

Figure 66: DPC data: storing mechanism

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

135Description of the data pathBinning (only Stingray b/w and F-201C/504C)
2 x / 4 x / 8 x binning (F-201C only 2 x verticalbinning)
Definition

Binning is the process of combining neighboring pixels while being read out
from the CCD chip.
Note



•
•
•
•

Only Stingray b/w cameras and Stingray F-201C/
F-504C have this feature
Stingray F-201C: color binning
Stingray F-504C: usual binning (no color binning)
Binning does not change offset, brightness or blacklevel

Binning is used primarily for 3 reasons:• A reduction in the number of pixels; thus, the amount of data while retaining the original image area angle• An increase in the frame rate (vertical binning only)• A brighter image, resulting in an improvement in the signal-to-noise ratioof the image (depending on the acquisition conditions)
Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and signal-to-noise separation specify the quality ofa signal with regard to its reproduction of intensities. The value signifies howhigh the ratio of noise is in regard to the maximum achievable signal intensity.
The higher this value, the better the signal quality. The unit of measurement
used is decibel (dB).
However, the advantages of increasing signal quality are accompanied by areduction in resolution.
Only Format_7

Binning is possible only in video Format_7. The type of binning used depends onthe video mode.
Note

Changing binning modes involves the generation of new shading reference images due to a change in the image size.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

136

Description of the data path

Types

In general, we distinguish between the following types of binning(H = horizontal, V = vertical):• 2 x H-binning• 2 x V-binning• 4 x H-binning• 4 x V-binning• 8 x H-binning• 8 x V-binningand the full binning modes:• 2 x full binning (a combination of 2 x H-binning and 2 x V-binning)• 4 x full binning (a combination of 4 x H-binning and 4 x V-binning)• 8 x full binning (a combination of 8 x H-binning and 8 x V-binning)

Vertical binning
Vertical binning increases light sensitivity of the camera by a factor of two (4 or
8) by adding together the values of two (4 or 8) adjoining vertical pixels output
as a single pixel. This is done directly in the horizontal shift register of the sensor.
Format_7 Mode_2 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_2 for
2 x vertical binning.
This reduces vertical resolution, depending on the model.

Figure 67: Vertical binning

4x vertical binning combines 4 pixels to 1 pixel in a row.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

137Description of the data path

Note

For Stingray F-201C only 2x vertical binning is available.


Note


Note


Note



If vertical binning is activated the image may appear to beover-exposed and may require correction.

Vertical resolution is reduced, but signal-to noise ratio (SNR)
is increased by about 3, 6 or 9 dB (2 x, 4 x or 8 x binning).

The image appears vertically compressed in this mode and nolonger exhibits a true aspect ratio.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

138Description of the data path

Horizontal binning (F-201C only 2 x horizontal
binning)F-504C has 2x/4x/8x horizontal binning (no color binning)
Definition

In horizontal binning adjacent horizontal pixels in a line are combined digitallyin the FPGA of the camera without accumulating the black level:2 x horizontal binning: 2 pixel signals from 2 horizontal neighboring pixels are
combined.
4 x horizontal binning: 4 pixel signals from 4 horizontal neighboring pixels are
combined.
8 x horizontal binning: 8 pixel signals from 8 horizontal neighboring pixels are
combined.

Horizontal binning

Light sensitivity

Signal-to-noise ratio

2x

6dB

3dB

4x

12dB

6dB

8x

18dB

9dB

Table 47: Binning affecting light sensitivity and signal-to-noise ratio
Horizontal resolution Horizontal resolution is lowered, depending on the model.
Format_7 Mode_1 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_1 for
2 x horizontal binning.

Figure 68: 2 x horizontal binning

4x horizontal binning combines 4 pixels to 1 pixel in a row.

Figure 69: 8 x horizontal binning
Note

For Stingray F-201C only 2x horizontal binning is available.


Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

139

Description of the data path

Note



The image appears horizontally compressed in this mode anddoes no longer show true aspect ratio.
If horizontal binning is activated the image may appear to beover-exposed and must eventually be corrected.

2 x full binning/4 x full binning/8 x full binning(F-201C only 2 x full binning)
F-504C has 2x/4x/8x full binning (no color binning)If horizontal and vertical binning are combined, every 4 (16 or 64) pixels areconsolidated into a single pixel. At first two (4 or 8) vertical pixels are put
together and then combined horizontally.
Light sensitivity
Resolution

This increases light sensitivity by a total of a factor of 4 (16 or 64) and at thesame time signal-to-noise separation is improved by about 6 (12 or 18) dB.
Resolution is reduced, depending on the model.

Format_7 Mode_3 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_3 for
2 x full binning.

Figure 70: 2 x full binning

4x H+V binning combines 4 pixels in a row and 4 pixel in a column to 1
pixel.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

140Description of the data path

Figure 71: 8 x full binning (not F-201C, but F-504C)

Sub-sampling (Stingray b/w and color)
What is sub-sampling?
Definition

Sub-sampling is the process of skipping neighboring pixels (with the samecolor) while being read out from the CCD chip.

Which Stingray models have sub-sampling?
All Stingray models, both color and b/w, have this feature.

Description of sub-sampling
Sub-sampling is used primarily for reducing the number of pixels and thus theamount of data while retaining the original image area angle and image brightness
Similar to binning mode the cameras support horizontal, vertical and H+Vsubsampling mode.
Format_7 Mode_4 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_4 for• B/W cameras: 2 out of 4 horizontal sub-sampling• Color cameras: 2 out of 4 horizontal sub-sampling
The different sub-sampling patterns are shown below.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

141

Description of the data path

2 out of 4

Figure 72: Horizontal sub-sampling 2 out of 4 (b/w)

2 out of 8
only F-145,
F-146, F-201
Figure 73: Horizontal sub-sampling 2 out of 8 (b/w)

2 out of 4

Figure 74: Horizontal sub-sampling 2 out of 4 (color)

2 out of 8
only F-145,
F-146, F-201,
F504C
Figure 75: Horizontal sub-sampling 2 out of 8 (color)NoteThe image appears horizontally compressed in this mode andno longer exhibits a true aspect ratio.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

142

Description of the data path

Format_7 Mode_5 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_5 for• b/w cameras: 2 out of 4 vertical sub-sampling• color cameras: 2 out of 4 vertical sub-sampling

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

143

Description of the data path

The different sub-sampling patterns are shown below.
2 out of 4

2 out of 8 (only F-145, F-146, F-201)

Figure 76: Vertical sub-sampling (b/w)

2 out of 4

2 out of 8 (only F-145, F-146, F-201)

Figure 77: Vertical sub-sampling (color)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

144

Description of the data path

Note



The image appears vertically compressed in this mode and nolonger exhibits a true aspect ratio.

Format_7 Mode_6 By default and without further remapping use Format_7 Mode_6 for
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
The different sub-sampling patterns are shown below.
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Figure 78: 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling (b/w)

2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (only F-145, F-146, F-201)

Figure 79: 2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (b/w)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

145Description of the data path

2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Figure 80: 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling (color)

2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (only F-145, F-146, F-201)

Figure 81: 2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (color)Note

Changing sub-sampling modes involves the generation of new
shading reference images due to a change in the image size.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

146Description of the data pathBinning and sub-sampling access
The binning and sub-sampling modes described in the last two sections are only
available as pure binning or pure sub-sampling modes. A combination of both isnot possible.
Whereas there are some possible combinations, the number of available Format_7 modes is limited:• Format_7 Mode_0 is fixed and cannot be changed.
• A maximum of 7 individual modes can be mapped to Format_7 Mode_1 toMode_7(see Figure 82: on page 148).
• Mappings can be stored via register (see chapter Format_7 mode mappingon page 315) and are uploaded automatically into the camera on camera
reset.
• The default settings (per factory) in the Format_7 modes are listed in thefollowing table.
Format_7

Stingray monochrome cameras Format_7

Stingray color cameras Format_7

Mode_0full resolution, no binning,
no sub-sampling

full resolution, no sub-sampling

Mode_12 x horizontal binning

Only F-201C/F-504C: 2 x horizontal binning

Mode_22 x vertical binning

Only F-201C/F-504C: 2 x vertical binning

Mode_32 x full binning

Only F-201C/F-504C: 2 x full binning

Mode_4

2 out of 4 horizontal sub-sampling

2 out of 4 horizontal sub-sampling

Mode_5

2 out of 4 vertical sub-sampling

2 out of 4 vertical sub-sampling

Mode_6

2 out of 4 full sub-sampling

2 out of 4 full sub-sampling

Table 48: Default Format_7 binning and sub-sampling modes (per factory)
Note

•



•

A combination of binning and sub-sampling modes is notpossible.
Use either binning or sub-sampling modes.
The Format_ID numbers 0...27 in the binning /sub-sampling list on page 148 do not correspond to anyof the Format_7 modes.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

147Description of the data path

F7M1
F7M2
F7M3
F7M4
F7M5
F7M6
F7M7

mapping ofeach of 27 modes
to F7M1..F7M7
possible00 x horizontal

1

2 x horizontal

2

4 x horizontal

3

8 x horizontal

40 x horizontal

5

2 x horizontal

6

4 x horizontal

7

8 x horizontal

80 x horizontal

9

2 x horizontal

10

4 x horizontal

11

8 x horizontal

120 x horizontal

13

2 x horizontal

14

4 x horizontal

15

8 x horizontal

16

---

17

2 out of 4 horizontal

18

2 out of 8 horizontal

19

2 out of 16 horizontal

20

2 out of 2 horizontal

21

2 out of 4 horizontal

22

2 out of 8 horizontal

23

2 out of 16 horizontal

24

2 out of 2 horizontal

25

2 out of 4 horizontal

26

2 out of 8 horizontal

27

2 out of 16 horizontal

0 x vertical

2 x vertical

4 x vertical(not F-201C,
but F-504C)
8 x verticalbinning (only b/w cameras + F-201C/F-504C)

F7M0 (no change)

Allied Vision modes(not F-201C,
but F-504C)

2 out of 2 vertical

2 out of 4 vertical

2 out of 8 vertical(only F-145, F-146,
F-201)

sub-sampling (color and b/w)

Format_ID (see p301)

F7 modesaccording to IIDC 1394

Figure 82: Mapping of possible Format_7 modes to F7M1...F7M7

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

148

Description of the data path

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
158: on page 301.

Quick parameter change timing modes
Stingray timing modes•••

Frame rate or transfer rate is always constant (precondition:
shutter  transfer time)
The delay from shutter update until the change takes place: up to 3 frames.
Figure 83: on page 149 demonstrates this behavior. It shows that the camera receives a shutter update command while the sensor is currently integrating (Sync is low) with shutter setting 400. The camera continues tointegrate and this image is output with the next FVal. The shutter changecommand becomes effective with the next falling edge of sync and finally
the image taken with shutter 200 is output with a considerable delay.
Parameters that are sent to the camera faster than the max. frame rate persecond are stored in a FIFO and are activated in consecutive images.

Shutter Update Command
Current Charge Time

400

200
integrates image withshutter 200

continues integratingwith shutter; e.g., 400

Sync
FVal

outputs image
continues integrating with shutter 400

outputs image
with shutter 200

Figure 83: Former standard timing
Principally, a Stingray camera is not able to recognize how many parameter theuser will change. Due to the fact that communication between host and camera
is asynchronous, it may happen that one part of parameter changes is done inimage n+1 and the other part is done in image n+2.
To optimize the transfer of parameter changes there is a new timing mode called
Quick Format Change Mode, which effectively resets the current shutter.
Therefore, you can choose between the following update timing modes:• Standard Parameter Update Timing• Quick Format Change ModeIn the following you find a short description of both timing modes:

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

149

Description of the data path

Standard Parameter Update Timing
The Standard Parameter Update Timing keeps the frame rate constant and does
not create any gaps between two image transfers via bus (precondition: exposure (shutter) time must be smaller than transfer time).
• Frame rate / transfer rate is always constant(if shutter time  transfer time)• Delay from shutter update until change takes place is always 2 frames(delay from update command reception by FPGA and not by microcontroller)• Parameters sent to the camera faster than max. frame rate are no longer
stored in a FIFO. The last sent parameter will be activated for the next
image. All others will be dropped. This ensures that the last image is shotwith the last shutter setting.
Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM)The Quick Format Change Mode creates gaps between two images. Current exposure is interrupted and the new exposure is started immediately with new parameters if a new shutter command is received.
• Frame rate / transfer rate can be interrupted, whenever FVal goes low aftera reception of a new shutter command while Sync was low. This is shown inthe diagram below• Shutter will be interrupted, if the update command is received while camera integrates.
• Delay from shutter update until change takes place is always 1 frame.

Figure 84: Quick Format Change Mode

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

150

Description of the data path

How to transfer parameters to the camera
The following 3 variants of transferring the parameters are available:
Transfer mode

Advantage 

Disadvantage Encapsulated Update (begin/end)

 Easy to use (standard quad
writes in camera register ispossible) One write access per register
accessParameter-List Update Only one write access for allparameters Not so easy to use (block
writes) Fastest host to camera trans-  Max. 64 entries for parameterlist
fer (faster than encapsulatedmode, if more than 4 parameters are used) Easy handling of parameterlist Compliant with IIDC V1.31

Standard Update (IIDC)

 Non deterministic change ofparameters

Table 49: Comparison of 3 transfer modes
In the following section you find a short description of each variant:Encapsulated Update (begin/end)
Encapsulated Update (begin/end) has the following characteristics:• Host will set a parameter update begin flag in the camera (UpdActive Field
in Register 0xF1000570, see Table 155: on page 299).
• Host will send several parameters to the camera and signal end by resetting the flag.
• All parameters will become active for the same next image.
• Depending on timing mode, the camera– (standard Update): uses the previous parameters until the update flagis reset.
– (Quick Format Change Mode): waits until the update flag is reset.
In the Encapsulated Update (begin/end) the exact sequence is as follows:1.

Parameter update begin (advanced feature register)2.

Standard IIDC register update (1..N register) (standard feature register)

3.

Parameter update end (advanced feature register)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

151

Description of the data path

The following section shows, how parameters determine camera timing
behavior:
Fast Parameter Update Timing

Quick Format Change Mode

After the parameter update stop command, allAfter the parameter update start command, current
changed parameters are valid for the available next transfer is interrupted. An on-going exposure will
image. Frame rate is constant.
be interrupted until the next parameter updatestop command. Consecutively, exposure of the next
image will start with new parameters.
There may be a gap between two succeeding images
but images are always transmitted completely.
Table 50: Encapsulated Update (begin/end): comparison of standard timing and fast timing 2
If after the end of time-out (10 seconds after Quick Format Change Mode) no
parameter update end is sent to the camera, all changes will become valid.
A new write event of parameter update begin starts time-out again.
Parameter-List Update
In the Parameter-List Update mode a complete list with IIDC addresses and values of up to 64 parameters is sent to the camera.
• Host sends a list with parameters to the camera (advanced feature space)• Microcontroller processes that list
• All parameters will become active for the same image• Dependent on timing mode, the camera will:– Standard Format Change Mode: use the previous parameters until the
new parameter set is copied to the FPGA
– Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM): waits until all parameters havebeen copied to the FPGA and may interrupt an already started integration for a new integration with the new settings
Example of parameter list:
Address

Value

0xF0F0081C

0x80000100

0xF0F00820

0x800000ac

0xF0F00818

0x82000001

...

...
Table 51: Example of parameter list

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

152Description of the data path

The exact sequence is:
Block-write of list to advanced feature address.
NoteThis needs to be a functionality of the underlying software
stack (e.g. FirePackage).
It may not be available for third party IIDC software stacks.

The following section shows, how parameters determine camera timing
behavior:
Fast Parameter Update Timing

Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM)

After block write command is processed in the cam- After transfer of the parameter list via block write,era, all changed parameters are valid for the avail- current transfer will be finished. An on-going expoable next image. Frame rate is constant.
sure will be interrupted until the microcontroller
has processed the list and copied it into the FPGA.
Consecutively, exposure of the next image with newparameters is started.
There may be a gap between two images.
Table 52: Parameter-List Update: comparison of standard timing and QFCM
Standard Update (IIDC)
In the Standard Update (IIDC) mode single parameter are sent to the camera.
• Standard Update (IIDC) shows the same behavior as Marlin.
• Parameter will be sent from host to camera and will be activated as soon as
possible without interruption of the transfer.
• If the host updates more than one parameter (without block write), theparameters may become active in different images.
• Standard Update (IIDC) can be combined with the new parameter update
timing modes.
The following section shows, how parameters determine camera timing
behavior:
Fast Parameter Update Timing

Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM)

After sending a new parameter value,
the changed parameter value is valid
for the available next image. Frame
rate is constant.

After sending a new parameter value, the changed parametervalue is valid for the available next image.
On-going exposure will be interrupted and the image will be
dropped.
There may be a gap between two consecutive image transfers.

Table 53: Standard Update (IIDC): comparison of Standard Format Change Mode and QFCM

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

153Description of the data path

Packed 12-Bit Mode
All Stingray cameras have Packed 12-Bit Mode. This means: two 12-bit pixel values are packed into 3 bytes instead of 4 bytes.
B/w cameras

Color cameras

Packed 12-Bit MONO camera mode

Packed 12-Bit RAW camera mode

SmartView: MONO12

SmartView: RAW12

Mono and raw mode have the same implementation.
Table 54: Packed 12-Bit ModeNote

For data block packet format see Table 37: on page 105.

For data structure see Table 39: on page 107.

The color codings are implemented via Vendor Unique Color_Coding according
to IIDC V1.31: COLOR_CODING_INQ @ 024h...033h, IDs=128-255)
See Table 126: on page 266.
Mode

Color_Coding

ID

Packed 12-Bit MONOECCID_MONO12

ID=132

Packed 12-Bit RAW

ECCID_RAW12

ID=136

Table 55: Packed 12-Bit Mode: color coding

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

154Description of the data path

High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio)
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
152: on page 296.

In this mode, the camera grabs and averages a set number of images to one output image with the same bit depth and brightness. This means that the camera
will output an 8-bit averaged image when an 8-bit image format is selected.
Because of the fact that normally uncorrelated (photon-, amplifier-) noise dominates over correlated noise (fixed pattern noise), adding two images will double (6 dB) the gray levels but only increase the noise levels by 2 (3 dB).
This enhances both the dynamic range as well as the signal-to-noise ratio.
Consequently, adding 256 8-bit images will lead to a potential signal-to-noise
enhancement of 24 dB or a resulting bit depth of 16 bit.
Note

•



•

Note

•


•
•

•

Only if the camera is idle, it can toggle this feature on/of.
Idle means: no image acquisition, no trigger.
Set grab count and activation of HighSNR in one single
write access.

The averaged image is output at a lower frame rate
roughly equivalent to fps_old/N, where N is the numberof images averaged. In fact, due to camera internal conditions, and according to which format and mode settings are in use, it can vary slightly to be closer sometimes to 1/ ((N/fps_old) + T_shutter). It is impractical toexpress in a formula or tables, across all camera models
and modes. But these notes should be sufficient to help
each user determine that the camera behaves as
described.
The potential SNR enhancement may be lower when using
more than 8-bit original bit depth.
Select 16-bit image format in order to take advantage ofthe full potential SNR and DNR (DyNamic Range)enhancements.
For 8-bit video modes, the internal HSNR calculations aredone with 14 bit.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

155Description of the data path

Frame memory and deferred image transport
An image is normally captured and transported in consecutive steps. The image
is taken, read out from the sensor, digitized, and sent over the 1394 bus.

Deferred image transport
As all Stingray cameras are equipped with built-in image memory, the order of
events can be paused or delayed by using the deferred image transport feature.
Stingray cameras are equipped with 32 MByte of RAM (Stingray F-504:
64 MByte). The table below shows how many frames can be stored by eachmodel. The memory operates according to the FIFO (first in, first out) principle.
This makes addressing for individual images unnecessary.
Model
Stingray F-033B/C

Memory size
32 MB memory:

50 frames

32 MB memory:

35 frames

32 MB memory:

19 frames

32 MB memory:

12 frames

32 MB memory:

10 frames

32 MB memory:

10 frames

32 MB memory:

7 frames

64 MB memory:

5 frames

Stingray F-033B/C fiber
Stingray F-046B/C
Stingray F-046B/C fiber
Stingray F-080B/C
Stingray F-080B/C fiber
Stingray F-125B/C
Stingray F-125B/C fiber
Stingray F-145B/C
Stingray F-145B/C fiber
Stingray F-146B/C
Stingray F-146B/C fiber
Stingray F-201B/C
Stingray F-201B/C fiber
Stingray F-504B/C
Stingray F-504B/C fiber
Table 56: FIFO memory size
Deferred image transport is especially useful for multi-camera applications:
Assuming several cameras acquire images concurrently, these images are stored
in the built-in image memory of each camera. Until this memory is full, the limiting factor of available bus bandwidth, DMA- or ISO-channel is overcome.
Image transfer is controlled from the host computer by addressing individual
cameras one after the other and reading out the desired number of images.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

156

Description of the data path

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
141: on page 286.

HoldImg mode
By setting the HoldImg flag, transport of the image over the 1394 bus is stopped
completely. All captured images are stored in the internal ImageFiFo. The camera reports the maximum possible number of images in the FiFoSize variable.
Note

•



•

•
•
•
•

•

•

Pay attention to the maximum number of images that canbe stored in FIFO. If you capture more images than thenumber in FIFOSize, the oldest images are overwritten.
The extra SendImage flag is set to true to import theimages from the camera. The camera sends the number ofimages set in the NumOfImages parameter.
If NumOfImages is 0, all images stored in FIFO will be
sent.
If NumOfImages is not 0, the corresponding number ofimages will be sent.
If the HoldImg field is set to false, all images in
ImageFIFO will be deleted. No images will be sent.
The last image in the FIFO will be corrupted, when simultaneously used as input buffer while being read out. In
this case read out one image less than max. buffer size.
NumOfImages is incremented after an image was read outof the sensor and therefore stored into the onboard
image FIFO.
NumOfImages is decremented after the last isochronous
packet of an image was handed over to the IEEE1394
chipset of the camera.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

157

Description of the data path

The following screenshot shows the sequence of commands needed to work withdeferred mode:

Figure 85: Example: Controlling deferred mode (SmartView - Direct Access; Stingray F-145C)

For a description of the commands see the following table:#

rw Address

Value

Description

11 rd F1000260

82006900h Check how many images are left in FIFO

10 wr F1000260

86006901h Read out the second image of FIFO

9

rd F1000260

82006901h Check how many images are left in FIFO

8

wr F1000260

86006901h Read out the first image of FIFO

7

rd F1000260

82006902h Check that two images are in FIFO

6

wr F0F0061C

82000000h Do second one-shot

5

wr F0F0061C

82000000h Do first one-shot4

wr F1000260

82000A00h Switch deferred mode on3

rd F1000260

80000A00h Check presence of deferred mode and FIFO size (0Ah  10 frames)2

wr F0F00614

00000000h Stop continuous mode of camera

1

rd F0F00614

00000000h Starting SmartView

Table 57: Example: Controlling deferred mode (SmartView - Direct Access; Stingray F-145C)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

158

Description of the data path

FastCapture mode
Note

This mode can be activated only in Format_7.


By setting FastCapture to false, the maximum frame rate both for image acquisition and read out is associated with the packet size set in the BYTE_PER_PACKET
register. The lower this value is, the lower the attainable frame rate is.
By setting FastCapture to true, all images are recorded at the highest possible
frame rate, i.e., the setting above does not affect the frame rate for the image
intake but only the read out. The speed of the image transport over the 1394 bus
can be defined via the BytesPerPacket register. This mode is ideal for applications where a burst of images need to be recorded at the highest sensor speed
but the output can be at a lower frame frequency to save bandwidth.
Similar to the HoldImg mode, captured images will be stored in the internal
image FIFO, if the transport over the 1394 bus is slower than images are captured.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

159

Description of the data path

Color interpolation (BAYER demosaicing)
The color sensors capture the color information via so-called primary color (R-GB) filters placed over the individual pixels in a BAYER mosaic layout. An effective
BAYER  RGB color interpolation already takes place in all Stingray color
version cameras.
In color interpolation a red, green, or blue value is determined for each pixel. An
Allied Vision proprietary BAYER demosaicing algorithm is used for this interpolation (2x2), optimized for both sharpness of contours as well as reduction offalse edge coloring.

x

Figure 86: BAYER demosaicing (example of 2x2 matrix)
Color processing can be bypassed by using so-called RAW image transfer.
RAW mode is primarily used to:• Save bandwidths on the IEEE 1394 bus.
• Achieve higher frame rates.
• Use different BAYER demosaicing algorithms on the PC (for all Stingray
models the first pixel of the sensor is RED).
Note

If the PC does not perform BAYER to RGB post-processing, theb/w image will be superimposed with a checkerboard pattern.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

160

Description of the data path

In color interpolation a red, green, or blue value is determined for each pixel.
Only two lines are needed for this interpolation:

Figure 87: BAYER demosaicing (interpolation)

P1 red = R1P2 red = R2P3 red = R2

G1 + G3
P1 green = -----------------2

G1 + G4P2 green = -----------------2

G2 + G4P3 green = -----------------2

P1 blue = B1

P2 blue = B1

P3 blue = B2

Formula 4: BAYER demosaicing
Note

Please note that on the color camera, a wrongly colored borderof one or two pixel wide forms on the left and right image borders. This is a consequence of BAYER demosaicing as the image
width displayed on the color camera is not scaled down.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

161

Description of the data path

Sharpness
The Stingray color models are equipped with a four-step sharpness control,
applying a discreet horizontal high pass in the Y channel as shown in the next
five line profiles.
Sharpness 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 is calculated with the following scheme:
Sharpness value

Description

0

+0.25

+0.5

+0.25

Least sharp

1+0.125+0.75+0.125Less sharp

2

0

1

0

3

-0.25

+1.5

-0.25

Some sharp

4

-0.5

2

-0.5

Most sharp

Default: no sharpness applied in either
direction

Table 58: Sharpness scheme

Figure 88: Sharpness: left: 2, middle: 3, right: 4

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

162

Description of the data path

Note



Sharpness does not show any effect on Stingray color models in
the Raw8, Raw12 and Raw16 format, because color processing
is switched off in all Raw formats.

Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in feature control register: See Table
124: on page 263.

Hue and saturation
Stingray CCD color models are equipped with hue and saturation registers.
The hue register at offset 810h allows the color of objects to be changed without
altering the white balance, by ±128 steps (±10°) from the nominal perception:
1/12.8° per step; values from 0–256. Register value 128 means 0°. Use thissetting to manipulate the color appearance after having carried out the whitebalance.
The saturation register at offset 814h allows the intensity of the colors to bechanged between 0 and 200% in steps of 1/256.
This means a setting of zero changes the image to black and white and a settingof 511 doubles the color intensity compared to the nominal one at 256.
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in feature control register: See Table
124: on page 263.

Note

Hue and saturation do not show any effect on Stingray color
models in the Raw8 and Raw16 format, because color processing is switched off in all Raw formats.



Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

163

Description of the data path

Color correction
Why color correction?
The spectral response of a CCD is different of those of an output device or thehuman eye. This is the reason for the fact that perfect color reproduction is notpossible. In each Stingray camera there is a factory setting for the color correction coefficients, see chapter GretagMacbeth ColorChecker on page 171.
Color correction is needed to eliminate the overlap in the color channels. Thisoverlap is caused by the fact that:• Blue light:
is seen by the red and green pixels on the CCD• Red light:
is seen by the blue and green pixels on the CCD• Green light: is seen by the red and blue pixels on the CCD
The color correction matrix subtracts out this overlap.
Color correction in Allied Vision cameras
In Allied Vision cameras the color correction is realized as an additional step inthe process from the sensor data to color output.
Color correction is used to harmonize colors for the human eye.
Stingray cameras have the color correction matrix, enabling to manipulate thecolor-correction coefficients.
Color correction: formula
Before converting to the YUV format, color correction on all color models is carried out after BAYER demosaicing via a matrix as follows:
Red = Crr  Red + Cgr  Green + Cbr  Blue
Green = Crg  Red + Cgg  Green + Cbg  Blue
Blue = Crb  Red + Cgb  Green + Cbb  Blue
Formula 5: Color correction
GretagMacbeth ColorChecker
Sensor-specific coefficients Cxy are scientifically generated to ensure that GretagMacbeth™ ColorChecker® colors are displayed with highest color fidelity andcolor balance.
These coefficients are stored in user set 0 and can not be overwritten (factory
setting).
Changing color correction coefficients
You can change the color-correction coefficients according to your own needs.
Changes are stored in the user settings.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

164Description of the data path

Note

•



•

•
•
•
•
•

A number of 1000 equals a color correction coefficient of1.
To obtain an identity matrix set values of 1000 for the
diagonal elements and 0 for all others. As a result you
get colors like in the RAW modes.
The sums of all rows should be equal to each other. If not,you get tinted images.
Color correction values range -1000 ... +2000 and are
signed 32 bit.
In order for white balance to work properly ensure thatthe row sum equals 1000.
Each row should sum up to 1000. If not, images are lessor more colorful.
The maximum row sum is limited to 2000.

Note

Configuration

To configure the color-correction coefficients in an advanced
register: See Table 148: on page 293.

To change the color-correction coefficients in SmartView, go to Adv3 tab.
Switch color correction on/off
Color correction can also be switched off in YUV mode:
Note

Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register: See Table
148: on page 293.

Note

Color correction is deactivated in RAW mode.



Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

165

Description of the data path

Color conversion (RGB  YUV)
The conversion from RGB to YUV is made using the following formulae:Y =0.3  R + 0.59  G + 0.11  B

U = – 0.169  R – 0.33  G + 0.498  B + 128 (@ 8 bit)
V = 0.498  R – 0.420  G – 0.082  B + 128 (@ 8 bit)
Formula 6: RGB to YUV conversion
Note

•



•

As mentioned above: Color processing can be bypassed
by using so-called RAW image transfer.
RGB  YUV conversion can be bypassed by using RGB8
format and mode. This is advantageous for edge color
definition but needs more bandwidth (300% instead of
200% relative to b/w or RAW consumption) for the transmission, so that the maximal frame frequency will drop.

Bulk Trigger
See chapter Trigger modi on page 179 and the following pages.

Level Trigger
See Trigger Mode 1 in chapter Trigger modi on page 179.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

166

Description of the data path

Serial interface
All Stingray cameras are equipped with the SIO (serial input/output) feature as
described in IIDC V1.31. This means that the Stingray’s serial interface can beused as a general RS232 interface.
Data written to a specific address in the IEEE 1394 address range will be sent
through the serial interface. Incoming data of the serial interface is put in a camera buffer and can be polled via simple read commands from this buffer. Controlling registers enable the settings of baud rates and the check of buffer sizes
and serial interface errors.
Note



•
•

Hardware handshaking is not supported.
Typical PC hardware does not usually support 230400 bps
or more.

Base address for the function is: F0F02100h.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

167

Description of the data path

To configure this feature in access control register (CSR):
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

000h

SERIAL_MODE_REG

Baud_Rate[0..7]

Baud rate setting
WR: Set baud rate
RD: Read baud rate
0: 300 bps
1: 600 bps
2: 1200 bps
3: 2400 bps
4: 4800 bps
5: 9600 bps
6: 19200 bps
7: 38400 bps
8: 57600 bps
9: 115200 bps
10: 230400 bps
Other values reserved

Char_Length[8..15]Character length setting
WR: Set data length (7 or 8 bit)
RD: Get data length
7: 7 bits
8: 8 bits
Other values reserved

Parity[16..17] Parity setting
WR: Set parity
RD: Get parity setting
0: None1: Odd2: Even

Stop_Bit[18..19] Stop bits
WR: Set stop bit
RD: Get stop bit setting
0: 1
1: 1.5
2: 2---[20..23] Reserved

Buffer_Size_Inq [24..31] Buffer Size (RD only)This field indicates the maximum size ofreceive/transmit data buffer.
If this value=1, Buffer_Status_Control
and SIO_Data_Register Char 1-3 shouldbe ignored.
Table 59: Serial input/output control and status register (SIO CSR)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

168Description of the data path

Offset

Name

0004h

Bit

Description

SERIAL_CONTROL_REG RE[0]

Receive enable
RD: Current status
WR:
0: Disable
1: Enable

TE[1]

Transmit enable
RD: Current status
WR:
0: disable
1: Enable---[2..7]

Reserved

TDRD

[8]

Transmit data buffer ready
Read only
0: not ready
1: ready---[9]

Reserved

RDRD

[10]

Receive data buffer ready
Read only
0: not ready
1: ready

---

[11]

Reserved

ORER

[12]

Receive data buffer overrun error
Read: current status
WR:
0: no error (to clear status)
1: Ignored

FER

[13]

Receive data framing error
Read: current status
WR:
0: no error (to clear status)
1: Ignored

PER

[14]

Receive data parity error
Read: current status
WR:
0: no error (to clear status)
1: Ignored---[15..31] Reserved

SERIAL_STATUS_REG

Field

Table 59: Serial input/output control and status register (SIO CSR) (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

169Description of the data path

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

008h

RECEIVE_BUFFER_STATUS_CONTRLRBUF_ST[0..7]

SIO receive buffer status
RD: Number of bytes pending in receive
buffer
WR: Ignored

RBUF_CNT[8..15]

SIO receive buffer control
RD: Number of bytes to be read from thereceive FIFO
WR: Number of bytes left for readoutfrom the receive FIFO---

[16..31] Reserved

TBUF_ST[0..7]

SIO output buffer status
RD: Space left in TX buffer
WR: Ignored

TBUF_CNT[8..15]

SIO output buffer control
RD: Number of bytes written to transmit
FIFO
WR: Number of bytes to transmit---[16..31] Reserved---

Reserved

00Ch

TRANSMIT_BUFFER_STATUS_CONTRL

010h
..
0FFh
100h

104h
..
1FFH

SIO_DATA_REGISTER

CHAR_0[0..7]

Character_0
RD: Read character from receive buffer
WR: Write character to transmit buffer

SIO_DATA_REGISTER

CHAR_1[8..15]Character_1
RD: Read character from receive buffer+1
WR: Write character to transmit buffer+1

SIO_DATA_REGISTER

CHAR_2[16..23] Character_2
RD: Read character from receive buffer+2
WR: Write character to transmit buffer+2

SIO_DATA_REGISTER

CHAR_3[24..31] Character_3
RD: Read character from receive buffer+3
WR: Write character to transmit buffer+3

SIO_DATA_REGISTER_ALIAS[0..31]

Alias SIO_Data_Register area for blocktransfer

Table 59: Serial input/output control and status register (SIO CSR) (Forts.)
To read data:
1.

Query RDRD flag (buffer ready?) and write the number of bytes the hostwants to read to RBUF_CNT.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

170

Description of the data path

2.

Read the number of bytes pending in the receive buffer RBUF_ST (moredata in the buffer than the host wanted to read?) and the number of bytes
left for reading from the receive FIFO in RBUF_CNT (host wanted to readmore data than were in the buffer?).

3.

Read received characters from SIO_DATA_REGISTER, beginning at char 0.

4.

To input more characters, repeat from step 1.

To write data:
1.

Query TDRD flag (buffer ready?) and write the number of bytes to send
(copied from SIO register to transmit FIFO) to TBUF_CNT.

2.

Read the available data space left in TBUF_ST (if the buffer can hold morebytes than are to be transmitted) and number of bytes written to transmit
buffer in TBUF_CNT (if more data is to be transmitted than fits in the buffer).

3.

Write character to SIO_DATA_REGISTER, beginning at char 0.

4.

To output more characters, repeat from step 1.

Note

•



•

Should you need detailed support to use this feature,please contact support@alliedvision.com.
Allied Vision recommends the use of Hyperterminal™ orother communication programs to test the functionalityof this feature. Alternatively, use SmartView to try out
this feature.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

171Controlling image capture

Controlling image capture
Shutter modes The cameras support the SHUTTER_MODES specified in IIDC V1.31. For all models
this shutter is a global pipelined shutter; meaning that all pixels are exposedto the light at the same moment and for the same time span.
Pipelined

Pipelined means that the shutter for a new image can already happen, while thepreceding image is transmitted.

Continuous mode In continuous modes, the shutter is opened shortly before the vertical reset happens, thus acting in a frame-synchronous way.
External trigger

Combined with an external trigger, it becomes asynchronous in the sense that it
occurs whenever the external trigger occurs. Individual images are recorded
when an external trigger impulse is present. This ensures that even fast moving
objects can be grabbed with no image lag and with minimal image blur.

Software trigger

Stingray cameras know also a trigger initiated by software (status and control
register 62Ch on page 261 or in SmartView by Trig/IO tab, Stop trigger button).

Camera I/O The external trigger is fed as a TTL signal through Pin 4 of the camera
I/O connector.

Trigger modes
Stingray cameras support IIDC conforming Trigger_Mode_0 and Trigger_Mode_1 and special Trigger_Mode_15 (bulk trigger).
Trigger mode

also known as

Description

Trigger_Mode_0

Edge mode

Sets the shutter time according to the value set in
the shutter (or extended shutter) register

Trigger_Mode_1

Level mode

Sets the shutter time according to the active low
time of the pulse applied (or active high time in thecase of an inverting input)

Trigger_Mode_15

Programmable mode

Is a bulk trigger, combining one external trigger
event with continuous or one-shot or multi-shot
internal trigger

Table 60: Trigger modi

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

172

Controlling image capture

External Trigger input, as applied at input pin

External Trigger input, after inverting opto coupler

Shutter register value

External Trigger input, as applied at pin

External Trigger input,
after inv. Opto.

Integration Time

Figure 89: Trigger_Mode_0 and 1

Bulk trigger (Trigger_Mode_15)
Trigger_Mode_15 is an extension to the IIDC trigger modes. One external trigger
event can be used to trigger a multitude of internal image intakes.
This is especially useful for:• Grabbing exactly one image based on the first external trigger.
• Filling the camera's internal image buffer with one external trigger without overriding images.
• Grabbing an unlimited amount of images after one external trigger (surveillance).
The figure below illustrates this mode.

External Trigger input, after inverting optocoupler

N x image; N: continuous, one_shot, multi_shot

Figure 90: Trigger_Mode_15 (bulk trigger)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

173

Controlling image capture

The functionality is controlled via bit [6] and bitgroup [12-15] of the following
register:
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF0F00830 TRIGGER_MODE Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolute value
CSR
If this bit = 1 the value in the Value field has
to be ignored---[2..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON
If this bit = 0, other fields will be read only

Trigger_Polarity [7]Select trigger polarity(Except for software trigger)
If Polarity_Inq is 1:
Write to change polarity of the trigger
input.
Read to get polarity of the trigger input.
If Polarity_Inq is 0:
Read only.
0: Low active input
1: High active input

Trigger_Source[8..10]

Select trigger source
Set trigger source ID from trigger source
ID_Inq

Trigger_Value[11]

Trigger input raw signal value
read only
0: Low
1: High

Trigger_Mode[12..15] Trigger_Mode(Trigger_Mode_0..15)---[16..19] Reserved

Parameter[20..31] Parameter for trigger function, if required(optional)

Table 61: Trigger_Mode_15 (Bulk trigger)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

174

Controlling image capture

The screenshots below illustrate the use of Trigger_Mode_15 on a register level:• Line #1switches continuous mode off, leaving viewer in listen mode.
• Line #2 prepares 830h register for external trigger and Mode_15.
Left = continuous

Middle = one-shot

Right = multi-shot

Line #3 switches camera back tocontinuous mode. Only one
image is grabbed precisely withthe first external trigger.

Line #3 toggles one-shot bit [0]of the one-shot register 61C sothat only one image is grabbed,
based on the first external trigger.

Line #3 toggles multi-shot bit [1]of the one-shot register 61C sothat Ah images are grabbed,
starting with the first external
trigger.

To repeat rewrite line three.

To repeat rewrite line three.

To repeat rewrite line three.

Table 62: Description: using Trigger_Mode_15: continuous, one-shot, multi-shot

Figure 91: Using Trigger_Mode_15: continuous, one-shot, multi-shotNote

Shutter for the images is controlled by shutter register.



Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

175

Controlling image capture

Trigger delay
As already mentioned earlier Stingray cameras feature various ways to delay
image capture based on external trigger.
With IIDC V1.31 there is a standard CSR at register F0F00534/834h to control adelay up to FFFh x time base value.
The following table explains the inquiry register and the meaning of the various
bits.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

Abs_Control_Inq [1]Capability of control with absolute
value

---

[2]

Reserved

One_Push_Inq[3]

One-push auto mode (controlled
automatically by the camera once)

ReadOut_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out the valueof this feature

On_Off_Inq[5]

Capability of switching this feature
ON and OFF

Auto_Inq[6]

Auto mode (controlled automatically by the camera)

Manual_Inq[7]

Manual mode (controlled by user)

Min_Value[8..19]Minimum value for this feature

Max_Value[20..31] Maximum value for this feature

0xF0F00534 TRIGGER_DLY_INQUIRY Presence_Inq

Table 63: Trigger delay inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

176

Controlling image capture

Register

Name

0xF0F00834

Field

Bit

Description

TRIGGER_DELAY Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolutevalue CSR
If this bit = 1, the value in the Value field
has to be ignored---[2..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON
If this bit = 0, other fields will be read
only.

---

[7..19]Reserved

Value[20..31] Value
If you write the value in OFF mode, thisfield will be ignored.
If ReadOut capability is not available,
then the read value will have no meaning.

Table 64: CSR: trigger delay
Trigger delay advanced register
In addition, the cameras have an advanced register that allows even more precise image capture delay after receiving a hardware trigger.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000400

TRIGGER_DELAY Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Trigger delay on/off---[7..10]Reserved

DelayTime[11..31]

Delay time in μs

Table 65: Advanced CSR: trigger delay
The advanced register allows start of the integration to be delayed by max.
221 μs, which is max. 2.1 s after a trigger edge was detected.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

177

Controlling image capture

Note

•



•

Switching trigger delay to ON also switches external Trigger_Mode_0 to ON.
This feature works with external Trigger_Mode_0 only.

Software trigger
A software trigger is an external signal that is controlled via a status andcontrol register: 62Ch on page 261: to activate software trigger set bit [0] to 1.
The behavior is different dependent on the trigger mode used:• Edge mode, programmable mode: trigger is automatically reset (selfcleared)• Level mode: trigger is active until software trigger register is reset manually in advanced register 62Ch on page 261: set bit [0] to 0
 in SmartView: Trig/IO tab, Stop trigger button

Debounce
Only for input ports:
There is an adjustable debounce time for trigger: separate for each input pin. The
debounce time is a waiting period where no new trigger is allowed. This helps toset exact one trigger.

Debounce time
TriggersignalFigure 92: Example of debounce time for trigger
To set this feature in an advanced register: see Chapter Debounce time on page
179.
To set this feature in SmartView: Trig/IO tab, Input pins table, Debounce column.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

178

Controlling image capture

Debounce time
This register controls the debounce feature of the camera‘s input pins. The
debounce time can be set for each available input separately.
General preconditions:• Increment is 500 ns• Debounce time is set in Time x 500 ns• Minimum debounce time is 1.5 μs 3 x 500 ns• Maximum debounce time is ~16 ms (215-1) x 500 ns
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000840

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[2..7]

ReservedTime[8..31]

Debounce time in steps of 500 ns(24 bit) see examples above

0xF1000844

MinValue[0..31]Minimum debounce time

0xF1000848

MaxValue[0..31]

Maximum debounce time

0xF100084C---[0..31]

Reserved

0xF1000850

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_2

same as IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

0xF1000860

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_3

same as IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

0xF1000870

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_4

same as IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

0xF1000880

Reserved

0xF1000890

Reserved

0xF10008A0

Reserved

0xF10008B0

Reserved
Table 66: Advanced register: Debounce time for input ports
Note



•
•

The camera corrects invalid values automatically.
This feature is not stored in the user settings.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

179

Controlling image capture

Exposure time (shutter) and offset
The exposure (shutter) time for continuous mode and Trigger_Mode_0 is basedon the following formula:
Shutter register value x time base + offset
The register value is the value set in the corresponding IIDC 1.31 register(SHUTTER [81Ch]). This number lies between 1 and 4095.
The shutter register value is multiplied by the time base register value (see Table
135: on page 278). The default value here is set to 20 μs.
A camera-specific offset is also added to this value. It is different for the camera
models:Exposure time offset, minimum exposure time
Camera model

Exposure time offset Minimum exposure time

Effective min. exp. time
= Min. exp. time + offset

Stingray F-033

27 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 27 μs = 31 μs

Stingray F-046

27 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 27 μs = 31 μs

Stingray F-080

45 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 45 μs = 49 μs

Stingray F-125

21 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 21 μs = 25 μs

Stingray F-145

70 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 70 μs = 74 μs

Stingray F-145-30

37 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 37 μs = 41 μs

Stingray F-146

35 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 35 μs = 39 μs

Stingray F-201

44 μs

4 μs

4 μs + 44 μs = 48 μs

Table 67: Camera-specific exposure time offset, minimum exposure time
Example: Stingray F-033
CameraRegister value

Stingray F-033

100

Time base (default)
20 μs

Table 68: Register value and time base for Stingray F-033
The following example shows the relation between register value and exposure
time in practice:register value x time base = exposure time
100 x 20 μs + 27 μs = 2027 μs exposure time
The minimum adjustable exposure time set by register is 4 μs.  The real minimum exposure time of Stingray F-033 is then:
4 μs + 27 μs = 31 μs

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

180

Controlling image capture

Extended shutter
The exposure time for long-term integration of up to 67 seconds can be extended
via the advanced register: EXTENDED_SHUTTER
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF100020C

EXTD_SHUTTER

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read
only)

---

[1.. 5]Reserved

ExpTime[6..31]

Exposure time in μs

Table 69: Advanced register: Extended shutter
The longest exposure time, 3FFFFFFh, corresponds to 67.11 sec.
The lowest possible value of ExpTime is camera-specific (see Table 67: on page
180).
Note

•



•

•
•
•

Exposure times entered via the 81Ch register are mirroredin the extended register, but not vice versa.
Longer integration times not only increase sensitivity,
but may also increase some unwanted effects such as
noise and pixel-to-pixel non-uniformity. Depending on
the application, these effects may limit the longest
usable integration time.
Changes in this register have immediate effect, evenwhen the camera is transmitting.
Extended shutter becomes inactive after writing to a format/mode/frame rate register.
Extended shutter setting will thus be overwritten by thenormal time base/shutter setting after Stop/Start of
FireView or FireDemo.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

181

Controlling image captureOne-shot
Stingray cameras can record an image by setting the one-shot bit in the 61Ch
register. This bit is automatically cleared after the image is captured. If the camera is placed in ISO_Enable mode (see Chapter ISO_Enable / free-run on page185), this flag is ignored.
If one-shot mode is combined with the external trigger, the one-shot commandis used to arm it. The following screenshot shows the sequence of commands
needed to put the camera into this mode. It enables the camera to grab exactly
one image with an external trigger edge.
If there is no trigger impulse after the camera has been armed, one-shot can becancelled by clearing the bit.

Figure 93: One-shot control (SmartView)#

Read = rd Address
Write = wr

Value

Description

7

wr

F0F0061C

80000000

Do one-shot.

6

rd

F0F0061C

00000000Read out one-shot register.

5

wr

F0F00830

82000000

Switch on external trigger mode 0.

4

rd

F0F00830

80000000

Check trigger status.

3wr

F0F00614

00000000

Stop free-run.

2rd

F0F00614

80000000

Check Iso_Enable mode (free-run).

1

rd

F0F00614

00000000

This line is produced by SmartView.

Table 70: One-shot control: descriptions

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

182

Controlling image captureOne-shot command on the bus to start
exposure
The following sections describe the time response of the camera using a single
frame (one-shot) command. As set out in the IIDC specification, this is a software command that causes the camera to record and transmit a single frame.
The following values apply only when the camera is idle and ready for use. Full
resolution must also be set.
FeatureValue

One-shot  microcontroller sync

150 μs (processing time in the
microcontroller)

μC-Sync/ExSync  integration start

8 μs

Table 71: Values for one-shot
Microcontroller sync is an internal signal. It is generated by the microcontroller
to initiate a trigger. This can either be a direct trigger or a release for ExSync if
the camera is externally triggered.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

183

Controlling image capture

End of exposure to first packet on the bus
After the exposure, the CCD sensor is read out; some data is written into the
FRAME_BUFFER before being transmitted to the bus.
The time from the end of exposure to the start of transport on the bus is:
710 μs ± 62.5 μs
This time jitters with the cycle time of the bus (125 μs).

OneShot Command

Exposure

Integration-Start

Timebase Reg.
X
Shutter-Reg.

< 150s

Timebase x Shutter + Offset = Exposure Time

Decode command

Processing Delay

Stingray F-033:
Stingray F-046:
Stingray F-080:
Stingray F-125:
Stingray F-145:
Stingray F-146:
Stingray F-201:
Stingray F-504:

First Packet on Bus< 710s+/-62.5 sOffset

27 µs
27 µs
45 µs
25 µs
70 µs
35 µs
44 µs
38 µs

Figure 94: Data flow and timing after end of exposure

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

184

Controlling image capture

Multi-shot
Setting multi-shot and entering a quantity of images in Count_Number in the
61Ch register enables the camera to record a specified number of images.
The number is indicated in bits 16 to 31. If the camera is put into ISO_Enable
mode (see Chapter ISO_Enable / free-run on page 185), this flag is ignored anddeleted automatically once all the images have been recorded.
If multi-shot mode is activated and the images have not yet all been captured,it can be cancelled by resetting the flag. The same result can be achieved by setting the number of images to 0.
Multi-shot can also be combined with the external trigger in order to grab a certain number of images based on an external trigger. This is especially helpful in
combination with the so-called deferred mode to limit the number of grabbed
images to the FIFO size.

ISO_Enable / free-run
Setting the MSB (bit 0) in the 614h register (ISO_ENA) puts the camera into
ISO_Enable mode or Continuous_Shot (free-run). The camera captures aninfinite series of images. This operation can be quit by deleting the 0 bit.

Asynchronous broadcast
The camera accepts asynchronous broadcasts. This involves asynchronous write
requests that use node number 63 as the target node with no acknowledgement.
This makes it possible for all cameras on a bus to be triggered by software simultaneously; e.g., by broadcasting a one-shot. All cameras receive the one-shotcommand in the same IEEE 1394 bus cycle. This creates uncertainty for all cameras in the range of 125 μs.
Inter-camera latency is described in Chapter Jitter at start of exposure on page
186.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

185

Controlling image capture

The following screenshot shows an example of broadcast commands sent with
the Firedemo example of FirePackage:

Figure 95: Broadcast one-shot••

Line 1 shows the broadcast command, which stops all cameras connectedto the same IEEE 1394 bus. It is generated by holding the Shift key down
while clicking on Write.
Line 2 generates a broadcast one_shot in the same way, which forces allconnected cameras to simultaneously grab one image.

Jitter at start of exposureThis section discusses the latency time that exists for all Stingray CCD models
when either a hardware or software trigger is generated, until the actual image
exposure starts.
Owing to the well-known fact that an Interline Transfer CCD sensor has both alight sensitive area and a separate storage area, it is common to interleave
image exposure of a new frame and output that of the previous one. It makes
continuous image flow possible, even with an external trigger.
The uncertain time delay before the start of exposure depends on the state of thesensor. A distinction is made as follows:
FVal is active  the sensor is reading out, the camera is busy
In this case, the camera must not change horizontal timing so that the trigger
event is synchronized with the current horizontal clock. This introduces a maximum uncertainty, which is equivalent to the line time. The line time depends on
the sensor used; and therefore, it can vary from model to model.
FVal is inactive  the sensor is ready, the camera is idle

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

186

Controlling image capture

In this case, the camera can resynchronize the horizontal clock to the new trigger event, leaving only a very short uncertainty time of the master clock period.
Model

Exposure start jitter(while FVal)

Exposure start jitter(while camera idle)

Stingray F-033

 9.75 μs

 1.30 μs

Stingray F-046

 11.59 μs

 1.30 μs

Stingray F-080

 15.29 μs

 3.33 μs

Stingray F-125

 13.50 μs

 3.10 μs

Stingray F-145

 23.20 μs

5.40 μs

Stingray F-146

 23.20 μs

 5.87 μs

Stingray F-201

22.61 μs

3.56 μs

Stingray F-504

20.46 μs

5.81 μs

Table 72: Jitter at exposure start (no binning, no sub-sampling)
Note

Jitter at the beginning of an exposure has no effect on thelength of exposure, i.e., it is always constant.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

187

Controlling image capture

Sequence mode
Generally, all Stingray cameras enable certain image settings to be modified on
the fly. For example, gain and shutter can be changed by the host computer by
writing into the gain and shutter register even while the camera is running. An
uncertainty of up to 3 images remains because normally the host does not know
(especially with external trigger) when the next image will arrive.
Sequence mode is a different concept where the camera holds a set of different
image parameters for a sequence of images. The parameter set is stored volatilein the camera for each image to be recorded. The advantage is that the camera
can easily synchronize this parameter set with the images so that no uncertainty
can occur. All Stingray cameras support 32 different sequence parameters.
Additionally, to the sequence mode known from Marlin cameras, the Stingray
cameras have:• Repeat counter per sequence item
• Incrementing list pointer on input status (on/off)• Pointer reset (software command; on input pin)
ExamplesFor a sequence of images, each image can be recorded with a different shutter orgain to obtain different brightness effects.
The image area (AOI) of a sequence of images can automatically be modified,thus creating a panning or sequential split screen effect.
The following registers can be modified to affect the individual steps of thesequence. Different configurations can be accessed via a footswitch that is connected to an input.

Mode

this registers can be modified...

All modes

Cur_V_Mode, Cur_V_Format, ISO_Channel, ISO_Speed, Brightness,
White_Balance (color cameras only), Shutter, Gain, LUT, TestImage,
Image-Mirror, HSNR, Output-Ctrl, ColorCorrection matrix (color cameras only), ISO-Channel, Shading-Ctrl, Sequence-Stepping Mode,SIS_UserValue

Fixed modes only

Cur_V_Frm_Rate

Format_7 only

Image_Position (AOI-Top, AOI-Left), Image_Size (AOI-Width, AOIHeight), Color_Coding_ID*, Binning*, Sub-Sampling*,
Byte_Per_Packet*hidden in video formats and video modes
Table 73: Registers to be modified within a sequence

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

188

Controlling image capture

NoteSequence mode requires special care if changing image size,
Color_Coding_ID and frame rate related parameters. This isbecause these changes not only affect settings in the camera
but also require corresponding settings in the receiving software in the PC.

Caution••

Incorrect handling may lead to image corruption or lossof subsequent images.
Should you need detailed support to use this feature,please contact support@alliedvision.com.

How is sequence mode implemented?
There is a FIFO (first in first out) memory for each of the IIDC V1.31 registers
listed above. The depth of each FIFO is fixed to 32(dec) complete sets. Functionality is controlled by the following advanced registers.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000220

SEQUENCE_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..4]

Reserved

AutoRewind[5]

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable this feature

SetupMode[7]

Sequence setup mode---

[8..15]Reserved

MaxLength[16..23] Maximum possible length of asequence (read only)

SeqLength[24..31] Length of the sequence (32 dec for
all CCD models)

0xF1000224

SEQUENCE_PARAM ---[0..4]

Reserved

ApplyParameters[5]

Apply settings to selected image ofsequence; auto reset---[6..7]

Reserved

SeqStepMode[8..15]

Sequence stepping mode

ImageRepeat[16..23] Image repeat counter

ImageNo[24..31] Number of image within a sequence

Table 74: Advanced register: Sequence mode

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

189

Controlling image capture

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000228

SEQUENCE_STEP

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..4]

Reserved

PerformStep[5]

Sequence is stepped one item forward

PerformReset[6]

Reset the sequence to start position---[7..23]

Reserved

SeqPosition[24..31] Get the current sequence position

Table 74: Advanced register: Sequence mode (Forts.)
Enabling this feature turns the camera into a special mode. This mode can beused to set up a bunch of parameter sets for up to MaxLength consecutive
images.
Note

The sequence mode of the Stingray series behaves slightly different than the sequence mode of e.g., the Marlin series andimplements some new controlling features. You may use asequence with internal or external trigger and with theDeferred Transport feature.

Setup mode
The SetupMode flag allows you to set up a sequence while capturing images.
Using this flag you get a visual feedback of the settings.
Set SetupMode flag when setting up the sequence and reset the flag before
using the sequence.
Sequence step mode
The SeqMode field selects the signal source for stepping the sequence one
parameter set further.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

190

Controlling image capture

SeqMode description
Sequence mode

Description

0x80This mode is the default sequence mode. With each image
integration start the sequence is stepped one item further
and the new parameter set becomes active for the next
image.

0x82

Stepping of the sequence is controlled by a rising edge ofan external signal. The new parameter set becomes activewith the next integration start. When using this mode
select the suitable input mode of the input lines.

0x84

Stepping of the sequence is controlled by a high level ofan external signal. The new parameter set becomes activewith the next integration start. When using this mode
select the suitable input mode of the input lines.

Other mode

Choosing any other mode value automatically defaults tomode 0x80.
Table 75: Sequence mode description

Note



It is also possible, that a sequence consists of parameter setswith different sequence modes. This can be achieved by using
the SeqMode and the ImageNo fields within the
Sequence_Param register.

Sequence repeat counter
For each parameter set one can define an image repeat counter. Using the image
repeat counter means that a parameter set can be used for n consecutive images
before the next parameter set is applied.
Setting the ImageRepeat field to 0 has the same effect like setting this field to1.
Manual stepping & reset
A sequence can be stepped further with a software command. To use manual
stepping use stepping mode 0x82 or 0x84, but don’t setup any input pin for
external sequence stepping.
Every time the PerformStep flag is set the sequence will be stepped one parameter set further. Manual stepping observes the repeat counter also.
For some application it could be useful to reset the sequence during runtime.
Simply set the PerformReset flag to one: the sequence starts over with the very
first parameter set.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

191

Controlling image capture

The following flow diagram shows how to set up a sequence.
Set
SEQUENCE_CTRL
ON_OFF flag totrue (1)
Set
SetupMode totrue (1)Set SeqLength todesired length(<=MaxLength)

Set ImageNo = 0 in
SEQUENCE_PARAM

Assign image
parameters in thecorresp. registers

ApplyParameters= 1 (Selfcleared)

Repeat steps until
sequence iscomplete

Increment
ImageNoDisable SetupMode

Start sequence inMultiShot or
ISOEnable mode

Figure 96: Sequence mode flow diagram
During sequencing, the camera obtains the required parameters image by image
from the corresponding FIFOs (e.g. information for exposure time).

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

192

Controlling image capture

Which sequence mode features are available?
••

Repeat one step of a sequence n times where n can be set by the variable
ImageRepeat in SEQUENCE_PARAM.
Define one or two hardware inputs in Input mode field of IO_INP_CTRL as:– Sequence step input (if two are set as input, they are AND gated) or– Sequence reset input

Note

From now on:••sequence step is I/O controlled sequence stepping modesequence reset is I/O controlled sequence pointer reset

Setup mode
The SetupMode flag allows you to set up a sequence while capturing images.
Using this flag you get a visual feedback of the settings. Set this flag when setting up the sequence and reset the flag before using the sequence.
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode
The I/O controlled sequence stepping mode can be done level controlled or edge
controlled:
Level controlled•••

Edge controlled•
As long as the input is in highstate the sequence pointer will be
incremented from image toimage.
•Can be combined with Quick Format Change Modes. See Chapter
Standard Parameter Update Timing on page 150 and Chapter
Quick Format Change Mode
(QFCM) on page 150.
Level change is asynchronous toimage change.

A rising edge on the input willcause one pointer increment
immediately.
Can be combined with Quick Format Change Modes. See Chapter
Standard Parameter Update Timing on page 150 and Chapter
Quick Format Change Mode
(QFCM) on page 150.

Table 76: Description of sequence stepping control
The I/O controlled sequence stepping mode can be set for every single sequence
entry. Thus, a sequence can be controlled in a very flexible manner.
I/O controlled sequence pointer reset
I/O controlled sequence pointer reset is always edge controlled. A rising edge on
the input pin resets the pointer to the first entry.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

193

Controlling image capture

I/O controlled sequence pointer reset can be combined with Quick Format
Change Modes. See Chapter Standard Parameter Update Timing on page 150 and
Chapter Quick Format Change Mode (QFCM) on page 150.
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode and I/O controlled
sequence pointer reset via software command
Both sequence modes can be controlled via software command.

Points to pay attention to when working with asequence
Note

•



•

•

•

•

•

If more images are recorded than defined in SeqLength,
the settings for the last image remain in effect.
If sequence mode is cancelled, the camera can use the
FIFO for other tasks. For this reason, a sequence must be
loaded back into the camera after sequence mode has
been cancelled.
To repeat the sequence, stop the camera and send themulti-shot or IsoEnable command again. Each of thesetwo commands resets the sequence.
Using single-shot mode in combination with a sequence
does not make sense, because single-shot mode restarts
the sequence every time.
The sequence may not be active when setting the AutoRewind flag. For this reason it is important to set the flag
before the multi-shot or IsoEnable commands.
If the sequence is used with the deferred transport feature, the number of images entered in Seq_Length may
not be exceeded.

The following screenshot shows an example of a sequence for eight different
image settings. It uses the Firetool program as graphical representation. Please
note the changes in the shutter time; that creates descending image brightness,

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

194Controlling image capture

and the change in the image position; which creates a panning effect.

Figure 97: Example of sequence mode settings with Firetool
Instead of Firetool you also can use SmartView (Version 1.8.0 or greater), but
image and transfer formats have to be unchanged (height, width, ColorID).
To open the Sequence editor in SmartView:
1.

Click Extras  Sequence dialog

Figure 98: SmartView: Extras  Sequence dialog

Changing the parameters within a sequence
To change the parameter set for one image, it is not necessary to modify the settings for the entire sequence. The image can simply be selected via the ImageNo
field and then the corresponding IIDC V1.31 registers can be changed.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

195

Controlling image capture

Points to pay attention to when changing theparameters
Note

•


•
•

•

Caution••

If the ApplyParameters flag is used when setting theparameters, all not-configured values are set to default
values. As changing a sequence normally affects only thevalue of a specific register, and all other registers should
not be changed, the ApplyParameters flag may not be
used here.
The values stored for individual images can no longer beread.
If the camera is switched into sequence mode, thechanges to the IIDC V1.31 registers for the image specified in ImageNo take immediate effect.
Sequence mode requires special care if changing image
size and frame rate related parameters. This is because
these changes not only affect settings in the camera but
also require corresponding settings in the receiving software in the PC (e.g. FirePackage).
Incorrect handling may lead to image corruption orloss of subsequent images.
Should you need detailed support to use this feature,please contact support@alliedvision.com.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

196

Controlling image capture

Secure image signature (SIS): definition andscenarios
Note

For all customers who know SIS from Marlin cameras:



•

•

Stingray cameras have additional SIS features: AOI,
exposure/gain, input/output state, index of sequencemode and serial number.
Read carefully the following chapter.

SIS: Definition
Secure image signature (SIS) is the synonym for data that is saved with animage to improve or check image integrity.
All Stingray models can save:• Cycle time (1394 bus cycle time at the beginning of integration)• Trigger counter (external trigger seen only)• Frame counter (frames read out of the sensor)• AOI (x, y, width, height)• Exposure (shutter) and gain
• Input and output state on exposure start• Index of sequence mode
• Serial number• User value
into a selectable line position within the image. Furthermore the trigger counterand the frame counter are available as advanced registers to be read out directly.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

197

Controlling image capture

SIS: Scenarios
The following scenarios benefit from this feature:• Assuming camera runs in continuous mode, the check of monotonicallychanging bus cycle time is a simple test that no image was skipped or lostin the camera or subsequently in the image processing chain.
• In (synchronized) multi-camera applications, SIS can be used to identify
those images, shot at the same moment in time.
• The cross-check of the frame counter of the camera against the frame
counter of the host system also identifies any skipped or lost images
during transmission.
• The cross-check of the trigger counter against the frame counter in thecamera can identify a trigger overrun in the camera.
• AOI can be inserted in the image if it was set as a variable e.g. in asequence.
• Exposure/gain scenario parameters can be inserted in the image if set as avariable in e.g. sequence mode to identify the imaging conditions.
• Inserting input and output state on exposure start can be helpful whenworking with input and output signals.
• Index of sequence mode is inserted automatically if SIS is used together
with sequence mode.
• Serial number inserted in the image helps to document/identify the camera in e.g. multi-camera applications.
Note

FirePackage offers additional and independent checks to be
performed for the purpose of image integrity. Details can befound in the respective documentation.

Note

More information:

The handling of the SIS feature is fully described in the Chapter
Secure image signature (SIS) on page 302.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

198

Video formats, modes and bandwidthVideo formats, modes and bandwidth
The different Stingray models support different video formats, modes, and frame
rates. These formats and modes are standardized in the IIDC (formerly DCAM)
specification. Resolutions smaller than the maximum sensor resolution are generated from the center of the sensor and without binning.
Note

•


•

The maximum frame rates can only be achieved withshutter settings lower than 1/framerate. This means thatwith default shutter time of 40 ms, a camera will notachieve frame rates higher than 25 fps. In order toachieve higher frame rates, please reduce the shutter
time proportionally.
For information on bit/pixel and byte/pixel for each color
mode see Table 105: on page 234.

Note

H-binning means horizontal binning.

V-binning means vertical binning.
Full binning (H+V) means horizontal + vertical binning
2 x binning means: 2 neighboring pixels are combined.
4 x binning means: 4 neighboring pixels are combined.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

199

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-033B / Stingray F-033C
and board level F-033B BL / F-033C BL
Note

The following tables assume that bus speed is 800 Mbit/s. With
lower bus speeds (e.g. 400, 200 or 100 Mbit/s) not all frame
rates may be achieved.


Note

The following Format_7 tables show default Format_7 modes
without Format_7 mode mapping.

For information on Format_7 mode mapping:••Format Mode Resolution Color mode 240
fps

0

See Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148
See Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301
120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

1.875
fps

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

x

2

640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

x

Table 77: Video fixed formats Stingray F-033B / F-033C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with 1394b (S800).

Note



Table 78: on page 201 shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
For information on Format_7 mode mapping:••See Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148
See Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

200

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

656 x 492

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1684 fps
84 fps
84 fps656 x 492

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

84 fps
84 fps
84 fps
67 fps
84 fps1

328 x 492

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1684 fps
84 fps
84 fps2

656 x 246

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16149 fps 2x V-binning
149 fps 2x V-binning
149 fps 2x V-binning3

328 x 246

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16149 fps 2x H+V binning
149 fps 2x H+V binning
149 fps 2x H+V binning4

328 x 492

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1684 fps
84 fps
84 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

328 x 492

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

84 fps
84 fps
84 fps
84 fps
84 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

656 x 246

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16108 fps 2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
108 fps 2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
108 fps 2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

656 x 246

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

108 fps
108 fps
108 fps
108 fps
108 fps

328 x 246

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16108 fps 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
108 fps 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
108 fps 2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

328 x 246

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

108 fps
108 fps
108 fps
108 fps
108 fps

0

7

5

6

2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning

2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Table 78: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-033B / Stingray F-033C

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

201

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-046B / Stingray F-046C
and board level F-046B BL / F-046C BL
Format Mode Resolution Color mode 240
fps

0

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

1.875
fps

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

x

2

640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

x

Table 79: Video fixed formats Stingray F-046B / F-046C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with 1394b (S800).

Note



The following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
For information on Format_7 mode mapping ...
••... see Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148... see Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

202

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

780 x 580

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1661 fps
61 fps
61 fps780 x 580

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

61 fps
61 fps
61 fps
48 fps
61 fps1

388 x 580

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1661 fps
61 fps
61 fps2

780 x 290

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16111 fps 2x V-binning
111 fps 2x V-binning
111 fps 2x V-binning3

388 x 290

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16111 fps 2x H+V binning
111 fps 2x H+V binning
111 fps 2x H+V binning4

388 x 580

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1661 fps
61 fps
61 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

388 x 580

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

61 fps
61 fps
61 fps
61 fps
61 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

780 x 290

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1679 fps
79 fps
79 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

780 x 290

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

79 fps
79 fps
79 fps
79 fps
79 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

388 x 290

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1679 fps
79 fps
79 fps2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

388 x 290

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

79 fps
79 fps
79 fps
79 fps
79 fps2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

0

7

5

6

2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning

Table 80: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-046B / Stingray F-046C

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

203

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-080B / Stingray F-080C
and board level F-080B BL / F-080C BL
Format Mode Resolution
0

1

Color mode 240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

1.875
fps

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

800 x 600

RGB8

x

x

x

2

800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16

x

x

x

x

7

1024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

Table 81: Video fixed formats Stingray F-080B / F-080C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with 1394b (S800).

Note



The following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
For information on Format_7 mode mapping ...
••... see Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148... see Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

204Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

1032 x 776

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1631 fps31 fps31 fps1032 x 776

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

31 fps31 fps31 fps27 fps31 fps1

516 x 776

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1631 fps31 fps31 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning21032 x 388

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1653 fps53 fps53 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning3

516 x 388

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1653 fps53 fps53 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning4516 x 776

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1631 fps31 fps31 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

516 x 776

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

31 fps31 fps31 fps31 fps31 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

1032 x 388

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1639 fps
39 fps
39 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

1032 x 388

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

39 fps
39 fps
39 fps
39 fps
39 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

516 x 388

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1639 fps
39 fps
39 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling

516 x 388

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

39 fps
39 fps
39 fps
39 fps
39 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

0

5

6

Table 82: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-080B / F-080C

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

205

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-125B / Stingray F-125C
and board level F-125B BL / F-125C BL
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

1.875
fps

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

800 x 600

RGB8

x

x

x

2

800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16

x

x

x

x

7

1024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

1280 x 960

RGB8

x

x

x

x

2

1280 x 960

Mono 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

41600 x 1200 RGB851600 x 1200 Mono8

61280 x 960

x

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

Mono16x x*

Table 83: Video fixed formats Stingray F-125B / F-125C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148• see Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

206

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
701292 x 964
1292 x 964

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

30 fps
30 fps
26 fps
30 fps
26 fps
30 fps
17 fps
30 fps1

644 x 964

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1630 fps
30 fps
30 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning21292 x 482

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1653 fps53 fps52 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning3

644 x 482

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1653 fps53 fps53 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning4

644 x 964

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps
30 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

644 x 964

5#1292 x 482
1292 x 482

6#644 x 964
644 x 482

Table 84: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-125B / F-125C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so the frame rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

207

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-145B / Stingray F-145C
and board level F-145B BL / F-145C BL
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

1.875
fps

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422xxx

1

800 x 600

RGB8

x

x

2

800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16xxx

71024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

1280 x 960

RGB8

x

x

x

x

2

1280 x 960

Mono 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

41600 x 1200 RGB851600 x 1200 Mono8

61280 x 960

x

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

Mono16

Table 85: Video fixed formats Stingray F-145B / F-145C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148• see Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

208

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

01388 x 1038 Mono8
Mono12
Mono161388 x 1038 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
15 fps
16 fps1

692 x 1038

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning21388 x 518

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1627 fps27 fps27 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning3

692 x 518

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1627 fps27 fps27 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning4692 x 1038

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps
16 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

692 x 1038

5#1388 x 518
1388 x 518

6#

692 x 518
692 x 518

Table 86: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-145B / F-145C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so the frame rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

209Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-146B / Stingray F-146C
and board level F-146B BL / F-146C BL
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

1.875
fps

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480RGB8

5640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422xxx

1

800 x 600

RGB8

2800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16xxx

71024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

1280 x 960

RGB8

2

1280 x 960

Mono 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

41600 x 1200 RGB851600 x 1200 Mono8

61280 x 960

x

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

Mono16

Table 87: Video fixed formats Stingray F-146B / F-146C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148• see Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

210Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

01388 x 1038 Mono8
Mono12
Mono161388 x 1038 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps1

692 x 1038

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1615 fps
15 fps
15 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning21388 x 518

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1626 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning3

692 x 518

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1626 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning4692 x 1038

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps
15 fps2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

692 x 1038

5#1388 x 518
1388 x 518

6#

692 x 518
692 x 518

Table 88: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-146B / F-146C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so the frame rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

211

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-201B / Stingray F-201Cand board level F-201B BL / F-201C BL
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

1.875
fps

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

2

640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480RGB8

5640 x 480

Mono 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono 16

x

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422xxx

1

800 x 600

RGB8

2800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

5

1024 x 768

Mono 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16xxx

71024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422xxx

11280 x 960

RGB8

2

1280 x 960

Mono 8

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

x

x

x

4

1600 x 1200 RGB851600 x 1200 Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

1280 x 960

Mono16

x

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

x

x

x

x

x x*

Table 89: Video fixed formats Stingray F-201B / F-201C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148• see Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

212

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

01624 x 1234 Mono8
Mono12
Mono161624 x 1234 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
10 fps
14 fps1

812 x 1234

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning812 x 1234

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning

1624 x 616

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1626 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning

1624 x 614

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

26 fps
26 fps
26 fps
21 fps
26 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning812 x 616

Mono8
Mono12
Mono1626 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning812 x 614

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

26 fps
26 fps
26 fps
26 fps
26 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning812 x 1234

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

812 x 1234

YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

2

3

4

Table 90: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-201B / F-201C

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

213

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

5#

1624 x 616

1624 x 616

6#812 x 616

812 x 616

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

Mono8
Mono12
Mono16
YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps
14 fps2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Table 90: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-201B / F-201C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so the frame rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

214Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-504B / Stingray F-504C
and board level F-504B BL / F-504C BL
Format Mode Resolution0

1

2

Color mode 240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

1.875
fps

x

x

x

x

x

0

160 x 120

YUV444

1

320 x 240

YUV4222640 x 480

YUV411

x

x

x

x

3

640 x 480

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

640 x 480

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

640 x 480

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

640 x 480

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

800 x 600

YUV422xxx

1

800 x 600

RGB8

x

x

2

800 x 600

Mono8

x x*

x x*

3

1024 x 768

YUV422

x

x

x

x

4

1024 x 768

RGB8

x

x

x

x

5

1024 x 768

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

800 x 600

Mono16xxx

71024 x 768

Mono16

x

x

x

x

0

1280 x 960

YUV422

x

x

x

x

1

1280 x 960

RGB8

x

x

x

x

2

1280 x 960

Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

x x*

3

1600 x 1200 YUV422

x

x

x

4

1600 x 1200 RGB8

x

x

x

5

1600 x 1200 Mono8

x x*

x x*

x x*

6

1280 x 960

x

x

x

7

1600 x 1200 Mono16

x

x

x

Mono16x

Table 91: Video fixed formats Stingray F-504B / F-504C*: Color camera outputs Mono8 interpolated image.
Frame rates with shading are only achievable with 1394b (S800).
NoteThe following table shows default Format_7 modes without
Format_7 mode mapping.
• see Chapter Mapping of possible Format_7 modes toF7M1...F7M7 on page 148• see Chapter Format_7 mode mapping on page 301

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

215

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
7

7

Color mode

Maximal S800 frame rates for Format_7 modes

02452 x 2056 Mono8
Mono12
Mono162452 x 2056 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

9 fps
8 fps
6 fps
8 fps
6 fps
9 fps
4 fps
8 fps

1

1224 x 2056 Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps

2x H-binning
2x H-binning
2x H-binning22452 x 1028 Mono8
Mono12
Mono1615 fps
15 fps
12 fps2x V-binning
2x V-binning
2x V-binning31224 x 1028 Mono8
Mono12
Mono1615 fps
15 fps
15 fps2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning
2x H+V binning41224 x 2056 Mono8
Mono12
Mono16

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps

2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

1224 x 2056 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
8 fps
9 fps

2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H-sub-sampling

5#2452 x 1028 Mono8
Mono12
Mono162452 x 1028 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
8 fps
9 fps

2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling
2 out of 4 V-sub-sampling

6#1224 x 1028 Mono8
Mono12
Mono161224 x 1028 YUV411
YUV422,Raw16
Mono8,Raw8
RGB8
Raw12

9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps
9 fps

2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling

Table 92: Video Format_7 default modes Stingray F-504B / F-504C#: Vertical sub-sampling is done via digitally concealing certain lines, so the frame rate is notframe rate = f (AOI height)
butframe rate = f (2 x AOI height)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

216

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Area of interest (AOI)
The camera’s image sensor has a defined resolution. This indicates the maximum
number of lines and pixels per line that the recorded image may have.
However, often only a certain section of the entire image is of interest. The
amount of data to be transferred can be decreased by limiting the image to a section when reading it out from the camera. At a lower vertical resolution, the sensor can be read out faster. Thus, the frame rate is increased.
Note

The setting of AOIs is supported only in video Format_7.

For most other video formats, the size of the image read out and modes is fixedby the IIDC specification, thereby determining the highest possible frame rate.
In Format_7 mode the user can set the upper left corner, as well as width andheight of the section (area of interest = AOI) to determine the size and thus thehighest possible frame rate.
Setting the AOI is done in the IMAGE_POSITION and IMAGE_SIZE registers.
Note

Pay attention to the increments entering in the UNIT_SIZE_INQ and UNIT_POSITION_INQ registers when configuring
IMAGE_POSITION and IMAGE_SIZE.

AF_AREA_POSITION and AF_AREA_SIZE contain in the respective bits values forcolumn and line of the upper left corner and values for the width and height.
Note

For more information see Table 126: on page 266.



Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

217

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Figure 99: Area of interest (AOI)
Note

•



•

The left position + width and the upper position + height
may not exceed the maximum resolution of the sensor.
The coordinates for width and height must be divisible by4.

In addition to the area of interest (AOI), some other parameters have an effecton the maximum frame rate:•The time for reading the image from the sensor and transporting it into the
FRAME_BUFFER•The time for transferring the image over the FireWire Ñ¢ bus•The length of the exposure time

Autofunction AOIFeature to select the image area (work area) for the following auto functions:• Auto shutter• Auto gain
• Auto white balance

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

218

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

The following screenshot shows an example of the auto function AOI:Work area

Figure 100: Example of autofunction AOI (Show work area is on)
Note

Autofunction AOI is independent from Format_7 AOI settings.



If you switch off auto function AOI, work area position and work
area size follow the current active image size.
To switch off auto functions, carry out following actions in theorder shown:
1. Uncheck Show AOI check box (SmartView Ctrl2 tab).
2. Uncheck Enable check box (SmartView Ctrl2 tab).
Switch off Auto mode (e.g., Shutter and/or Gain) (SmartView
Ctrl2 tab).

It uses a grid of up to 65534 sample points equally spread over the AOI as a reference.
Note
Configuration

To configure this feature in an advanced register see Chapter
Autofunction AOI on page 292.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

219

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Frame rates
The IEEE 1394b bus has bandwidth of at least 62.5 MByte/s for transferring (isochronously) image data. Therefore, up to 8192 bytes per cycle (or around 2000
quadlets = 4 bytes@ 800 Mbit/s) can be transmitted.
Depending on the video format settings and the configured frame rate, the camera requires a certain percentage of maximum available bandwidth. Clearly, thebigger the image and the higher the frame rate, the more data is to be transmitted.
The following tables indicate the volume of data in various formats and modes tobe sent within one cycle (125 μs) at 800 Mbit/s of bandwidth.
The tables are divided into three formats:FormatResolution

Max. video format

Format_0

up to VGA

640 x 480

Format_1

up to XGA1024 x 768

Format_2

up to UXGA

1600 x 1200

Table 93: Overview fixed formats
The bandwidth is determined by the required image resolution and by the number of cameras that have be operated independently on a bus in a certain mode.
Abbreviations (used according IIDC 1394-based Digital Camera Specification):• H: line/packet• p: pixel/packet• q: quadlet/packet

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

220Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode00Resolution

240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

30
fps

15
fps

7.5
fps

160 x 120 YUV (4:4:4)

4H
640p
480q

2H
320p
240q

1H
160p
120q

1/2H
80p
60q

1/4H
40p
30q

1/8H
20p
15q

8H
4H
2H
2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 640q 320q

1H
320p
160q

1/2H
160p
80q

1/4H
80p
40q

1/8H
40p
20q

8H
4H
2H
1H
5120p 2560p 1280p 640p
1920q 960q 480q 240q

1/2H
320p
120q

1/4H
160p
60q

4H
2H
1H
2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 640q 320q

1/2H
320p
160q

1/4H
160p
80q

4H
2H
1H
2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 960q 480q

1/2H
320p
240q

1/4H
160p
120q

8H
4H
2H
1H
5120p 2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 640q 320q 160q

1/2H
320p
80q

1/4H
160
p40q

4H
2H
1H
2560p 1280p 640p
1280q 640q 320q

1/2H
320p
160q

1/4H
160p
80q

24 bit/pixel1

320 x 240 YUV (4:2:2)
16 bit/pixel2

640 x 480 YUV (4:1:1)
12 bit/pixel

3

640 x 480 YUV (4:2:2)
16 bit/pixel

4

640 x 480 RGB
24 bit/pixel

5

640 x 480 (Mono8)
8 bit/pixel6

640 x 480 Y (Mono16)
16 Bit/pixel

7

3.75
fps

Reserved
Table 94: Format_0
As an example, VGA Mono8 @ 60 fps requires four lines (640 x 4 = 2560 pixels/byte) to transmit every 125 μs: this is a consequence of the sensor's line time ofabout 30 μs: therefore, no data needs to be stored temporarily.
It takes 120 cycles (120 x 125 μs = 15 ms) to transmit one frame, which arrives
every 16.6 ms from the camera. Again, no data need to be stored temporarily.
Thus, around 64% of the available bandwidth (at S400) is used. Consequently,
one camera can be connected to the bus at S400.
The same camera, run at S800 would require only 32% of the available bandwidth. Thus, up to three cameras can be connected to the bus at S800.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

221

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format Mode Resolution
1

0

800 x 600 YUV (4:2:2)
16 bit/pixel

1

240
fps

120
fps

60
fps

7.5
fps

3.75
fps

5H
5/2H 5/4H 5/8H
4000p 2000p 1000p 500p
2000q 1000q 500q 250q

6/16H
250p
125q

800 x 600 RGB

800 x 600 Y (Mono8)
8 bit/pixel

31024 x 768 YUV (4:2:2)

3H
3/2H 3/4H
3072p 1536p 768p
1536q 768q 384q

3/8H
384p
192q

3/16H
192p
96q

3/2H 3/4H
1536p 768p
384q 576q

3/8H
384p
288q

3/16H
192p
144q

6H
3H
3/2H 3/4H
6144p 3072p 1536p 768p
1536q 768q 384q 192q

3/8H
384p
96q

3/16H
192p
48q

5H
5/2H 5/4H 5/8H
4000p 2000p 1000p 500p
2000q 1000q 500q 250q

5/16H
250p
125q

3H
3/2H 3/4H
3072p 1536p 768p
1536q 768q 384q

3/8H
384p
192q

1024 x 768 RGB
24 bit/pixel

51024 x 768 Y (Mono)
8 bit/pixel

6

800 x 600 (Mono16)
16 bit/pixel

7

1.875
fps

10H
5H
5/2H 5/4H 5/8H
8000p 4000p 2000p 1000p 500p
2000q 1000q 500q 250q 125q

16 bit/pixel
4

15
fps

5/2H 5/4H 5/8H
2000p 1000p 500p
1500q 750q 375q

24 bit/pixel
2

30
fps

1024 x 768 Y (Mono16)
16 bit/pixel

3/16H
192p
96q

Table 95: Format_1

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

222

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Format2

ModeResolution

01280 x 960 YUV (4:2:2)

60 fps 30 fps 15 fps 7.5 fps 3.75
fps

1.875
fps

2H
2560p
1280q

1H
1280p
640q

1/2H
640p
320q

1/4H
320p
160q

2H
2560p
1920q

1H
1280p
960q

1/2H
640p
480q

1/4H
320p
240q

2H
2560p
640q

1H
1280p
320q

1/2H
640p
160q

1/4H
320p
80q

5/2H
4000p
2000q

5/4H
2000p
1000q

5/8H
1000p
500q

5/16H
500p
250q

5/4H
2000p
1500q

5/8H
1000p
750q

5/16
500p
375q

5/2H
4000p
1000q

5/4H
2000p
500q

5/8H
1000p
250q

5/16H
500p
125q

2H
2560p
1280q

1H
1280p
640q

1/2H
640p
320q

1/4H
320p
160q

5/2H
4000p
2000q

5/4H
2000p
1000q

5/8H
1000p
500q

5/16H
500p
250q

16 bit/pixel
1

1280 x 960 RGB
24 bit/pixel

21280 x 960 Y (Mono8)

4H
5120p
1280q

8 bit/pixel
31600 x 1200 YUV(4:2:2)
16 bit/pixel

41600 x 1200 RGB
24 bit/pixel

51600 x 1200 Y (Mono) 8
bit/pixel

6

5H
8000p
2000q

1280 x 960 Y (Mono16)
16 bit/pixel

71600 x 1200Y(Mono16)
16 bit/pixel
Table 96: Format_2

As already mentioned, the recommended limit for transferring isochronous
image data is 2000q (quadlets) per cycle or 8192 bytes (with 800 Mbit/s of bandwidth).
Note



•

•

If the cameras are operated with an external trigger the
maximum trigger frequency may not exceed the highest
continuous frame rate, thus, preventing frames frombeing dropped or corrupted.
IEEE 1394 adapter cards with PCILynxTM chipsets(predecessor of OHCI) have a limit of 4000 bytes per
cycle.

The frame rates in video modes 0 to 2 are specified and set fixed by IIDC V1.31.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

223

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Frame rates Format_7
In video Format_7 frame rates are no longer fixed.
Note



•
•

Different values apply for the different sensors.
Frame rates may be further limited by longer shutter
times and/or bandwidth limitation from the IEEE 1394
bus.

Details are described in the next chapters:• Max. frame rate of CCD (theoretical formula)• Graphs of frame rates as function of AOI by constant width: the curves
describe RAW8, RAW12/YUV411, RAW16/YUV422, RGB8 and max. frame
rate of CCD• Table with max. frame rates as function of AOI by constant width

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

224

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-033/F-033 BL: AOI frame rates
1Max. frame rate of CCD = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------138 μs + AOI height  23.62 μs +  509 – AOI height   2.64 μs
Formula 7: Stingray F-033: theoretical max. frame rate of CCD
RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

700

Frame rate / fps

600
500
400
300
200
100
0
0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

AOI height / pixel

Figure 101: Frame rates Stingray F-033 as function of AOI height [width=656]

AOI height

CCD*

Raw8

Raw12

Raw16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

492

84.72

84

84

84

84

84

67/84**

480

86.56

86

86

86

86

86

68/86**

320

122.02

121

121

121

121

121

103/121**240

153.45

153

153

153

152

152

137/152**120

250.04

249

249

249

242

247

246

60

364.89

363

363

363

358

358

358

30

473.67

468

468

471

462

462

462

10

591.17

588

588

588

574

574

574

2

656.29

653

653

653

635

635

635

Table 97: Frame rates (fps) of Stingray F-033 as function of AOI height (pixel) [width=656]* CCD = theoretical max. frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula**only with max BPP=1100; see Chapter Maximum ISO packet size on page 297

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

225

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-046/F-046 BL: AOI frame rates

1max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------136.22μs + AOI height  27.59μs +  597 – AOI height   2.64μs
Formula 8: Stingray F-046: theoretical max. frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

150

300

RGB8

CCD

600

Frame rate / fps

500
400
300
200
100
0
0

50

100

200

250

350

400

450

500

550

600

AOI height / pixel

Figure 102: Frame rates Stingray F-046 as function of AOI height [width=780]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

580

61.79

61

61

61

61

61

48

480

73.06

73

73

73

73

73

57

320

103.13

103

103

103

103

103

87

240

129.87

129

129

129

129

129

115

120

212.48

212

212

212

210

210

210

60

311.59

310

310

310

306

306

306

30

406.37

405

405

405

379

379

379

10

509.74

507

507

507

495

495

495

2

567.47

564

564

564

549

549

549

Table 98: Frame rates (fps) of Stingray F-046 as function of AOI height (pixel) [width=780]* CCD = theoretical max. frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

226

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-080/F-080 BL: AOI frame rates
1max. frame rate of CCD = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------222μs + AOI height  40.50μs +  778 – AOI height   7.00μs
Formula 9: Stingray F-080: theoretical max. frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RGB8

RAW16, YUV422

CCD

200
180
Frame rate / fps

160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0

50

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800
AOI height / pixel

Figure 103: Frame rates Stingray F-080 as function of AOI height [width=1032]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

776

31.56

31

31

31

31

31

27

600

38.81

38

38

38

38

38

35

480

45.98

45

45

45

45

45

43

320

61.02

61

61

61

60

60

60

240

72.95

72

72

72

72

72

72

120

103.22

103

103

103

102

102

102

30

149.86

149

149

149

148

148

148

10

166.58

162

162

162

162

162

162

2

174.37

174

174

174

172

172

172

Table 99: Frame rates (fps) of Stingray F-080 as function of AOI height (pixel) [width=1032]* CCD = theoretical max. frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

227

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-125/F-125 BL: AOI frame rates

1max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------189.28μs +  977 – AOI height   5.03μs + AOI height  33.19μs
Formula 10: Stingray F-125: theoretical max. frame rate of CCD

Frame rate / fps

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

500

800

CCD

220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0

100

200

300

400

600

700

900

1000

AOI height / pixel

Figure 104: Frame rates Stingray F-125 as function of AOI height [width=1292]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

964

31.01

30

30

26

30

26

17

768

37.41

37

37

32

37

32

21

600

45.46

45

45

41

45

41

28

480

53.70

53

53

52

53

52

34

320

70.85

70

70

70

70

70

52

240

84.30

84

84

84

84

84

70

120

117.89

117

117

117

117

117

117

30

168.37

167

167

167

167

167

167

10

185.69

185

185

185

185

185

185

2

193.80

193

193

193

193

193

193

Table 100: Frame rates (fps) Stingray F-125 as function of AOI height (pixel) [width=1292]* CCD = theoretical max. frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

228

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-145/F-145 BL: AOI frame rates

1max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------450.00μs + AOI height  59.36μs +  1051 – AOI height   10.92μs
Formula 11: Stingray F-145: theoretical max. frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

90

Frame rate / fps

80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

AOI height / pixel

Figure 105: Frame rates Stingray F-145 as function of AOI height [width=1388]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

1038

16.08

16

16

16

16

16

15

768

20.35

20

20

20

20

20

20

600

24.40

24

24

24

24

24

24

480

28.43

28

28

28

28

28

28

320

36.46

36

36

36

36

36

36

240

42.46

42

42

42

42

42

42

120

56.37

56

56

56

56

56

56

30

74.74

74

74

74

74

74

74

10

80.57

80

80

80

80

80

80

2

83.17

83

83

83

82

82

82

Table 101: Frame rates (fps) Stingray F-145 as function of AOI height (pixel) [width=1388]* CCD = theoretical max. frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

229

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-146/F-146 BL: AOI frame rates
1max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------301.60μs + AOI height  53.55μs +  1051 – AOI height   10.46μs
Formula 12: Stingray F-146: theoretical max. frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

100

Frame rate / fps

90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

AOI height / pixel

Figure 106: Frame rates Stingray F-146 as function of AOI height [width=1388]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

1038

17.85

17

17

17

17

17

15

960

18.99

18

18

18

18

18

16

768

22.53

22

22

22

22

22

20

640

25.73

25

25

25

25

25

24

480

31.27

31

31

31

31

31

31

240

46.22

46

46

46

46

46

46

120

60.73

60

60

60

60

60

60

30

79.44

79

79

79

78

78

78

10

85.28

85

85

85

85

85

85

2

87.86

87

87

87

87

87

87

Table 102: Frame rates (fps) of Stingray F-146 as function of AOI height (pixel) [width=1388]* CCD = theoretical max. frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

230

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-201/F-201 BL: AOI frame rates
1max. frame rate of CCD = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------344.90μs + AOI height  54.81μs +  1238 – AOI height   7.14μs

Frame rate / fps

Formula 13: Stingray F-201: theoretical max. frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW12, YUV411

100

300

RAW16, YUV422

RGB8

CCD

120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0

200

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000 1100 1200

AOI height / pixel

Formula 14: Frame rates Stingray F-201 as function of AOI height [width=1624]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

1234
1200
960
800
768
600
480
400
300
240
120
30
10
2

14.70
15.06
18.20
21.13
21.84
26.46
31.19
35.40
42.58
48.48
67.09
94.21
103.51
107.76

14
15
18
21
21
26
31
35
42
48
67
94
103
107

14
15
18
21
21
26
31
35
42
48
67
94
103
107

14
15
18
21
21
26
31
35
42
48
67
94
103
107

14
15
18
21
21
26
31
35
42
48
67
94
103
107

14
15
18
21
21
26
31
35
42
48
67
94
103
107

10
11
14
16
17
22
28
33
42
48
66
93
103
107

Table 103: Frame rates of Stingray F-201 as function of AOI height [width=1624]* CCD = theoretical max. frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

231

Video formats, modes and bandwidth

Stingray F-504/F-504 BL: AOI frame rates
1max. frame rate of CCD = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------292.80μs +  2069 – AOI height   10.25μs + AOI height  52.53μs
Formula 15: Stingray F-504: theoretical max. frame rate of CCD

RAW8

RAW16, YUV422

RAW12, YUV411

RGB8

CCD

50

Frame rate / fps

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0

200

0

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2100

AOI height / pixel

Formula 16: Frame rates Stingray F-504 as function of AOI height [width=2452]
AOI height

CCD*

RAW8

RAW12

RAW16

YUV411

YUV422

RGB8

2054

9.22

9

8

6

8

6

4

1024

15.41

15

15

12

15

12

8

960

16.08

16

16

13

16

13

9

768

18.50

18

18

17

18

17

11

600

21.30

21

21

21

21

21

14

480

23.88

23

23

23

23

23

18

320

28.48

28

28

28

28

28

27

240

31.51

31

31

31

31

31

31

120

37.51

37

37

37

37

37

37

30

43.76

43

43

43

43

43

43

10

45.44

45

45

45

45

45

45

2

46.15

46

46

46

46

46

46

Table 104: Frame rates of Stingray F-504 as function of AOI height [width=2452]* CCD = theoretical max. frame rate (in fps) of CCD according to given formula

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

232How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?

How does bandwidth affect the framerate?
In some modes, the IEEE 1394b bus limits the attainable frame rate. According
to the 1394b specification on isochronous transfer, the largest data payload sizeof 8192 bytes per 125 μs cycle is possible with bandwidth of 800 Mbit/s. In addition, there is a limitation: only a maximum number of 65535 (216 -1) packets perframe are allowed.
NoteUsing FirePackage, certain cameras may offer higher packet
sizes, depending on their settings.
Should you need detailed support to use this feature, pleasecontact support@alliedvision.com.

The following formula establishes the relationship between the required
Byte_Per_Packet size and certain variables for the image. It is valid only for Format_7.

BYTE_PER_PACKET = frame rate  AOI_WIDTH  AOI_HEIGHT  ByteDepth  125μs
Formula 17: Byte_per_Packet calculation (only Format_7)
If the value for BYTE_PER_PACKET is greater than 8192 (the maximum data payload), the desired frame rate cannot be attained.
The attainable frame rate can be calculated using this formula:(Provision: BYTE_PER_PACKET is divisible by 4):
BYTE_PER_PACKET
frame rate  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------AOI_WIDTH  AOI_HEIGHT  ByteDepth  125μs
Formula 18: Maximum frame rate calculation

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

233How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?

ByteDepth is based on the following values:Mode

bit/pixel

byte per pixel

Mono8, Raw881

Mono12, Raw12

12

1.5

Mono16, Raw16

14

2

Mono16, Raw16 (High SNR mode)

16

2

YUV4:2:2

16

2

YUV4:1:1

12

1.5

RGB8

24

3

Table 105: ByteDepth
Example formula for the b/w camera
Mono16, 1392 x 1040, 30 fps desired

BYTE_PER_PACKET = 30  1392  1040  2  125μs = 10856  8192
1
8192
 frame rate reachable  ------------------------------------------------------------ = 22.64  --s
1392  1040  2  125μs
Formula 19: Example maximum frame rate calculation

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

234

How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?

Test images
Loading test images
FirePackage

Fire4Linux

1. Start SmartView.

1. Start cc1394 viewer.

2. Click the Edit settings button.

2. In Adjustments menu click on
Picture Control.

3. Click Adv1 tab.

3. Click Main tab.

4. In combo box Test images choose 4. Activate Test image check box on.
Image 1 or another test image.
5. In combo box Test images choose
Image 1 or another test image.
Table 106: Loading test images in different viewers

Test images for b/w cameras
Stingray b/w cameras have two test images that look the same. Both images
show a gray bar running diagonally.
• Image 1 is static.
• Image 2 moves upwards by 1 pixel/frame.

Figure 107: Gray bar test image

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

235How does bandwidth affect the frame rate?

Test images for color cameras
The color cameras have 1 test image:
YUV4:2:2 mode

Figure 108: Color test image
Mono8 (raw data)

Figure 109: Bayer-coded test image
The color camera outputs Bayer-coded raw data in Mono8 instead of (asdescribed in IIDC V1.31) a real Y signal.
NoteThe first pixel of the image is always the red pixel from the sensor. (Mirror must be switched of)Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

236

Configuration of the camera

Configuration of the camera
All camera settings are made by writing specific values into the corresponding
registers.
This applies to:• Values for general operating states such as video formats and modes,
exposure times, etc.
• Extended features of the camera that are turned on and off and controlled
via corresponding registers (so-called advanced registers).

Camera_Status_Register
The interoperability of cameras from different manufacturers is ensured by IIDC,
formerly DCAM (Digital Camera Specification), published by the IEEE 1394 Trade
Association.
IIDC is primarily concerned with setting memory addresses (e.g. CSR: Camera_Status_Register) and their meaning.
In principle, all addresses in IEEE 1394 networks are 64 bits long.
The first 10 bits describe the Bus_Id, the next 6 bits the Node_Id.
Of the subsequent 48 bit, the first 16 bit are always FFFFh; leaving the description for the Camera_Status_Register in the last 32 bit.
For example: If the CSR address is F0F00600h, this stands for:Bus_Id, Node_Id, FFFF F0F00600h
Writing and reading to and from the register can be done with programs such as
FireView or by other programs developed using an API library(e.g. FirePackage).
Every register is 32 bit (big endian) and implemented as follows (MSB = Most
Significant Bit; LSB = Least Significant Bit):
Far left

Bit

Bit

Bit

0

1

2

...

MSB

Bit

Bit

30

31
LSB

Table 107: 32-bit register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

237

Configuration of the camera

ExampleThis requires, for example, that to enable ISO_Enabled mode (see Chapter
ISO_Enable / free-run on page 185), (bit 0 in register 614h), the value
80000000 h must be written in the corresponding register.
Offset of Register: (0xF0F00614)
ISO_Enable
Write 80000000 and click Write

Content of register: 80000000= 1000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000

Figure 110: Enabling ISO_Enable

Offset of Register: (0xF1000040)
ADV_FNC_INQ

Content of register: FEA2E583= 1111 1110 1010 0010 1110 0101 1000 0011

Table 108: Configuring the camera (Stingray F-145C)
Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

238

ExtdShutter

TestimageLook-up tables

Shading

DeferredTrans

Trigger Delay

Misc. features

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

1

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

High SNR

ColorCorr

GP_Buffer

UserProfiles

VersionInfo

TimeBase

0

SoftReset

Bit

MaxResolution

Configuration of the camera

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

1

1

1

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

Bit

Table 109: Configuring the camera: registers

Sample program
The following sample code in C/C++ shows how the register is set for videomode/format, trigger mode, etc., using the FireGrab and FireStack API.
Example FireGrab…
// Set Videoformat
if(Result==FCE_NOERROR)
Result= Camera.SetParameter(FGP_IMAGEFORMAT,MAKEIMAGEFORMAT(RES_640_480,
CM_Y8, FR_15));// Set external Trigger
if(Result==FCE_NOERROR)
Result= Camera.SetParameter(FGP_TRIGGER,MAKETRIGGER(1,0,0,0,0));// Start DMA logic
if(Result==FCE_NOERROR)
Result=Camera.OpenCapture();// Start image device
if(Result==FCE_NOERROR)
Result=Camera.StartDevice();…

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

239

Configuration of the camera

Example FireStack API…
// Set framerate
Result=WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_FRAMERATE,(UINT32)m_Parms.Fr
ameRate<<29);// Set mode
if(Result)
Result=WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_VMODE,(UINT32)m_Parms.VideoM
ode<<29);// Set format
if(Result)
Result=WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_VFORMAT,(UINT32)m_Parms.Vide
oFormat<<29);// Set trigger
if(Result){
Mode=0;if(m_Parms.TriggerMode==TM_EXTERN)
Mode=0x82000000;
if(m_Parms.TriggerMode==TM_MODE15)
Mode=0x820F0000;
WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_TRGMODE,Mode);}// Start continous ISO if not oneshot triggermodeif(Result && m_Parms.TriggerMode!=TM_ONESHOT)
Result=WriteQuad(HIGHOFFSET,m_Props.CmdRegBase+CCR_ISOENABLE,0x80000000);…

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

240Configuration of the camera

Configuration ROM
The information in the configuration ROM is needed to identify the node, its
capabilities, and the required drivers.
The base address for the configuration ROM for all registers is FFFF F0000000h.
Note

If you want to use the SmartView program to read or write to aregister, enter the following value in the Address field:



F0F00000h + Offset

The configuration ROM is divided into the following:• Bus info block: providing critical information about the bus-related capabilities• Root directory: specifying the rest of the content and organization, suchas:
– Node unique ID leaf
– Unit directory– Unit dependant info
The base address of the camera control register is calculated as follows based on
the camera-specific base address:
Bus info block Offset

0-7

8-15

16-23 24-31

400h

04

29

0C

C0

404h

31

33

39

34

…. ASCII for 1394

408h

20

00

B2

03

…. Bus capabilities

40Ch

00

0A

47

01

…. Node_Vendor_Id, Chip_id_hi

410h
Root directory

Serial number…. Chip_id_lo

414h

00

04

B7

85

418h

03

00

0A

47

41Ch

0C

00

83

C0

420h

8D

00

00

02

424h

D1

00

00

04

According to IEEE1212, the root directory
may have another length. The keys (e.g.
8D) point to the offset factors rather thanthe offset (e.g. 420h) itsel

Table 110: Configuration ROM
The entry with key 8D in the root directory (420h in this case) provides the offset
for the Node unique ID leaf.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

241Configuration of the camera

To compute the effective start address of the node unique ID leaf
currAddr= node unique ID leaf address

destAddr= address of directory entry

addrOffset= value of directory entry

destAddr= currAddr + (4 x addrOffset)= 420h + (4 x 000002h)= 428hTable 111: Computing effective start address
destAdr, calculated from the example in the table above:
420h + 000002h x 4 = 428h

Node unique ID leaf

Offset

0-7

8-15

16-23

24-31

428h

00

02

5E

9E

....CRC

42Ch

00

0A

47

01

….Node_Vendor_Id,Chip_id_hi

430h

00

00

Serial number

Table 112: Configuration ROM
The entry with key D1 in the root directory (424h in this case) provides the offset
for the unit directory as follows:
424h + 000004 x 4 = 434h

Unit directory

Offset

0-7

8-15

16-23

24-31

434h

00

03

93

7D

438h

12

00

A0

2D

43Ch

13

00

01

02

440h

D4

00

00

01

Table 113: Configuration ROM
The entry with key D4 in the unit directory (440h in this case) provides the offset
for unit dependent info:
440h + 0000xx * 4 = 444h

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

242

Configuration of the camera

Unit dependent info

Offset

0-7

8-15

16-23

24-31

444h

00

0B

A9

6E

....unit_dep_info_length, CRC

448h

40

3C

00

00

....command_regs_base

44Ch

81

00

00

02

....vender_name_leaf

450h

82

00

00

06

....model_name_leaf

454h

38

00

00

10

....unit_sub_sw_version

458h

39

00

00

00

....Reserved

45Ch

3A

00

00

00

....Reserved

460h

3B

00

00

00

....Reserved

464h

3C

00

01

00

....vendor_unique_info_0

468h

3D

00

92

00

....vendor_unique_info_1

46Ch

3E

00

00

65

....vendor_unique_info_2

470h

3F

00

00

00

....vendor_unique_info_3

Table 114: Configuration ROM
Finally, the entry with key 40 (448h in this case) provides the offset for the camera control register:
FFFF F0000000h + 3C0000h x 4 = FFFF F0F00000h
The base address of the camera control register is thus:
FFFF F0F00000h
The offset entered in the table always refers to the base address of F0F00000h.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

243Configuration of the camera

Implemented registers (IIDC V1.31)
The following tables show how standard registers from IIDC V1.31 are implemented in the camera:• Base address is F0F00000h• Differences and explanations can be found in the Description column.

Camera initialize register
OffsetName

Description

000h

INITIALIZE

Assert MSB = 1 for Init.

Table 115: Camera initialize register

Inquiry register for video format
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

100h

V_FORMAT_INQ

Format_0[0]

Up to VGA (non compressed)

Format_1[1]

SVGA to XGA

Format_2[2]

SXGA to UXGA

Format_3[3..5]

Reserved

Format_6[6]

Still Image Format

Format_7[7]Partial Image Format---[8..31]

Reserved

Table 116: Format inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

244

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for video mode
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

Color mode

180h

V_MODE_INQ

Mode_0[0]160 x 120

YUV 4:4:4(Format_0)

Mode_1[1]

320 x 240

YUV 4:2:2

Mode_2[2]640 x 480

YUV 4:1:1

Mode_3[3]640 x 480

YUV 4:2:2

Mode_4[4]640 x 480

RGB

Mode_5[5]640 x 480

MONO8

Mode_6[6]640 x 480

MONO16

Mode_X[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_MODE_INQ

Mode_0[0]800 x 600

YUV 4:2:2(Format_1)

Mode_1[1]

800 x 600

RGB

Mode_2[2]800 x 600

MONO8Mode_3[3]1024 x 768

YUV 4:2:2

Mode_4[4]1024 x 768

RGB

Mode_5[5]1024 x 768

MONO8

Mode_6[6]800 x 600

MONO16

Mode_7[7]1024 x 768

MONO16---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_MODE_INQ

Mode_0[0]1280 x 960

YUV 4:2:2(Format_2)

Mode_1[1]1280 x 960

RGB

Mode_2[2]1280 x 960

MONO8Mode_3[3]1600 x 1200

YUV 4:2:2

Mode_4[4]1600 x 1200

RGB

Mode_5[5]1600 x 1200

MONO8

Mode_6[6]1280 x 960

MONO16

Mode_7[7]1600 x 1200

MONO16---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

184h

188h

18Ch

Reserved for other V_MODE_INQ_x for Format_x.

Always 0

…
197h
198h

V_MODE_INQ_6 (Format_6)

Always 0

Table 117: Video mode inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

245

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

19Ch

V_MODE_INQ

Mode_0[0]Format_7 Mode_0(Format_7)

Mode_1[1]

Format_7 Mode_1

Mode_2[2]

Format_7 Mode_2

Mode_3[3]

Format_7 Mode_3

Mode_4[4]

Format_7 Mode_4

Mode_5[5]Format_7 Mode_5

Mode_6[6]

Format_7 Mode_6

Mode_7[7]

Format_7 Mode_7---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)Color mode

Table 117: Video mode inquiry register (Forts.)

Inquiry register for video frame rate and baseaddress
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

200h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]Reserved(Format_0, Mode_0)

FrameRate_1[1]

Reserved

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_1)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

204h

Table 118: Frame rate inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

246

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

208h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_2)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_3)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_4)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

20Ch

210h

Table 118: Frame rate inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

247

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

214h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_0, Mode_5)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)(Format_0,
Mode_6)[0]1.875 fps

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

218h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0

21Ch…

Reserved V_RATE_INQ_0_x (for other Mode_x of Format_0)

Always 0

21Fh
220h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]Reserved(Format_1, Mode_0)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

Table 118: Frame rate inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

248

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

224h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]Reserved(Format_1, Mode_1)

FrameRate_1[1]

Reserved

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]Reserved(Format_1, Mode_2)

FrameRate_1[1]

Reserved

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

228h

22Ch

V_RATE_INQ (Format_1, FrameRate_0
Mode_3)
FrameRate_1[0]1.875 fps

[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

Table 118: Frame rate inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

249

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

230h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_1, Mode_4)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_1, Mode_5)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_1, Mode_6)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

240 fps (V1.31)---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

234h

238h

Table 118: Frame rate inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

250Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

23Ch

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_1, Mode_7)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_0)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_1)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

240h

244h

Table 118: Frame rate inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

251

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

248h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_2)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

120 fps (V1.31)

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_3)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_4)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]Reserved

FrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

24Ch

250h

Table 118: Frame rate inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

252

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

254h

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_5)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_6)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved (zero)

V_RATE_INQ

FrameRate_0[0]1.875 fps

(Format_2, Mode_7)

FrameRate_1[1]

3.75 fps

FrameRate_2[2]

7.5 fpsFrameRate_3[3]

15 fpsFrameRate_4[4]30 fpsFrameRate_5[5]60 fpsFrameRate_6[6]

Reserved

FrameRate_7[7]

Reserved---[8..31]

Reserved

258h

25Ch

260h

Reserved V_RATE_INQ_y_x (for other Format_y, Mode_x)

…
2BFh
2C0h
2C4h
..

V_REV_INQ_6_0 (Format_6, Mode0)
Reserved V_REV_INQ_6_x (for other Mode_x of Format_6)

Always 0
Always 0

2DFhTable 118: Frame rate inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

253Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

2E0h

V-CSR_INQ_7_0[0..31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_02E4h

V-CSR_INQ_7_1[0..31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_1

2E8h

V-CSR_INQ_7_2[0..31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_22ECh

V-CSR_INQ_7_3[0..31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_3

2F0h

V-CSR_INQ_7_4[0..31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_42F4h

V-CSR_INQ_7_5[0..31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_5

2F8h

V-CSR_INQ_7_6[0..31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_62FCh

V-CSR_INQ_7_7[0..31]

CSR_quadlet offset for Format_7
Mode_7

Table 118: Frame rate inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

254

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for basic function
Offset Name
400h

Field

Bit

Description

BASIC_FUNC_INQ Advanced_Feature_Inq[0]Inquiry for advanced features(Vendor unique Features)[1]

Inquiry for existence ofVmode_Error_Status register

Feature_Control_Error_Status_Inq [2]Inquiry for existence of Feature_Control_Error_Status

Opt_Func_CSR_Inq[3]

Inquiry for Opt_Func_CSR---[4..7]

Reserved

1394b_mode_Capability[8]Inquiry for 1394b_mode_Capability---[9..15]Reserved

Cam_Power_Cntl[16]

Camera process power ON/OFF
capability---[17..18] Reserved

One_Shot_Inq[19]

One-shot transmission capability

Multi_Shot_Inq[20]

Multi-shot transmission capability---[21..27] Reserved

Memory_Channel[28..31] Maximum memory channel
number (N)If 0000, no user memory available

Vmode_Error_Status_Inq

Table 119: Basic function inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

255

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for feature presence
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

404h

FEATURE_HI_INQ

Brightness[0]Brightness control

Auto_Exposure[1]

Auto_Exposure control

Sharpness[2]

Sharpness control

White_Balance[3]

White balance control

Hue

[4]

Hue control

Saturation[5]

Saturation control

Gamma

[6]

Gamma control

Shutter[7]

Shutter control

Gain

[8]

Gain control

Iris

[9]

Iris control

Focus

[10]

Focus control

Temperature[11]

Temperature control

Trigger[12]

Trigger control

Trigger_Delay[13]

Trigger_Delay control

White_Shading[14]

White_Shading control

Frame_Rate[15]

Frame_Rate control---[16..31] Reserved

Zoom

[0]

Zoom control

Pan

[1]

Pan control

Tilt

[2]

Tilt control

Optical_Filter[3]

Optical_Filter control---[4..15]Reserved

Capture_Size[16]

Capture_Size for Format_6

Capture_Quality[17]

Capture_Quality for Format_6---[16..31] Reserved

---

[0]

Reserved

PIO[1]

Parallel Input/Output control

SIO

[2]

Serial Input/Output control

Strobe_out[4..31]

Strobe signal output

408h

40Ch

410h

FEATURE_LO_INQ

OPT_FUNCTION_INQ

Reserved

Address error on access..
47Fh
Table 120: Feature presence inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

256Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

480h

Advanced_Feature_Inq Advanced_Feature_Quadlet_Offset [0..31]

Description
Quadlet offset of theadvanced feature CSR's fromthe base address of initial register space(vendor unique)This register is the offset for
the Access_Control_Registerand thus the base address for
Advanced Features.
Access_Control_Register
does not prevent access toadvanced features. In some
programs it should stillalways be activated first.
Advanced Feature Set
Unique Value is 7ACh andCompanyID is A47h.

484h

PIO_Control_CSR_Inq

PIO_Control_Quadlet_Offset[0..31]

Quadlet offset of the PIO_Control CSR's from the baseaddress of initial register
space (Vendor unique)488h

SIO_Control_CSR_Inq

SIO_Control_Quadlet_Offset[0..31]

Quadlet offset of the SIO_Control CSR's from the baseaddress of initial register
space (vendor unique)

48Ch

Strobe_Output_CSR_Inq Strobe_Output_Quadlet_Offset[0..31]

Quadlet offset of theStrobe_Output signal CSR's
from the base address of initial register space(vendor unique)

Table 120: Feature presence inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

257

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for feature elements
Register

Name

0xF0F00500 BRIGHTNESS_INQUIRY

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

Abs_Control_Inq[1]

Capability of control withabsolute value

---

[2]

Reserved

One_Push_Inq[3]

One-push auto mode (controlled automatically by thecamera once)

Readout_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out thevalue of this feature

ON_OFF[5]

Capability of switching thisfeature ON and OFF

Auto_Inq[6]

Auto Mode (Controlled automatically by the camera)

Manual_Inq[7]

Manual Mode (Controlled byuser)

Min_Value[8..19]Minimum value for this feature

Max_Value[20..31]

Maximum value for this feature

504h

AUTO_EXPOSURE_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

508h

SHARPNESS_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

50Ch

WHITE_BAL_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

510h

HUE_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

514h

SATURATION_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

518h

GAMMA_INQSame definition as Brightness_inq.

51Ch

SHUTTER_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

520h

GAIN_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

524h

IRIS_INQ

Always 0528h

FOCUS_INQ

Always 0

52Ch

TEMPERATURE_INQ

Same definition as Brightness_inq.

Table 121: Feature elements inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

258

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

530h

TRIGGER_INQ

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

Abs_Control_Inq[1]

Capability of control withabsolute value

---

[2..3

Reserved

Readout_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out thevalue of this feature

ON_OFF[5]

Capability of switching thisfeature ON and OFF

Polarity_Inq[6]

Capability of changing thepolarity of the trigger input

Value_Read_Inq[7]

Capability of reading raw
trigger input
Reads if trigger is active. Incase of external trigger, acombined signal is read.

Trigger_Source0_Inq[8]

Presence of Trigger Source 0
ID=0Indicates usage of standard
inputs.

---[9..15]Reserved

Software_Trigger_Inq [15]Presence of Software Trigger
ID=7

Trigger_Mode0_Inq[16]

Presence of Trigger_Mode 0

Trigger_Mode1_Inq[17]

Presence of Trigger_Mode 1

Trigger_Mode2_Inq[18]

Presence of Trigger_Mode 2

Trigger_Mode3_Inq[19]

Presence of Trigger_Mode 3---[20..31

Reserved

Table 121: Feature elements inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

259

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

534h

TRIGGER_DELAY_INQUIRY Presence_Inq538 .. 57Ch

Bit

Description[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)

Abs_Control_Inq[1]

Capability of control withabsolute value

---

[2]

Reserved

One_Push_Inq[3]

One Push auto mode Controlled automatically by thecamera once)

Readout_Inq[4]

Capability of reading out thevalue of this feature

ON_OFF[5]

Capability of switching thisfeature ON and OFF

Auto_Inq[6]

Auto Mode (Controlled automatically by the camera)

Manual_Inq[7]

Manual Mode (Controlled byuser)

Min_Value[8..19]Minimum value for this feature

Max_Value[20..31]

Maximum value for this feature

Reserved for other FEATURE_HI_INQ

580h

ZOOM_INQ

Always 0584h

PAN_INQ

Always 0588h

TILT_INQ

Always 0

58Ch

OPTICAL_FILTER_INQ

Always 0590

Reserved for other FEATURE_LO_INQ

Always 0

5C0h

CAPTURE_SIZE_INQ

Always 0

5C4h

CAPTURE_QUALITY_INQ

Always 0

5C8h

Reserved for other FEATURE_LO_INQ

Always 0

..
5BCh

..
5FCh

Table 121: Feature elements inquiry register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

260

Configuration of the camera

Status and control registers for camera
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

600h

CUR-V-Frm_RATE/Revision Bit [0..2] for the frame rate

604h

CUR-V-MODE

Bit [0..2] for the current video mode

608h

CUR-V-FORMAT

Bit [0..2] for the current video format

60Ch

ISO-Channel

Bit [0..3] for channel, [6..7] for ISO speed

610hCamera_Power614h

ISO_EN/Continuous_Shot

618hMemory_Save

61Ch

One_Shot, Multi_Shot,
Count Number

Always 0
Bit 0: 1 for start continuous shot; 0 for stop continuos shot
Always 0
See Chapter One-shot on page 182
See Chapter Multi-shot on page 185620h

Mem_Save_Ch

Always 0624

Cur_Mem_Ch

Always 0628h

Vmode_Error_Status

Error in combination of Format/Mode/ISO Speed:Bit(0): No error; Bit(0)=1: error

62Ch

Software_Trigger

Software trigger
Write:
0: Reset software trigger
1: Set software trigger (self cleared, when using edge mode; must
be set back to 0 manually, when using level mode)
Read:
0: Ready (meaning: it’s possible to set a software trigger)
1: Busy (meaning: no trigger possible)

Table 122: Status and control registers for camera

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

261

Configuration of the camera

Inquiry register for absolute value CSR offset
address
OffsetName

Description

700h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_0

Always 0704h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_1

Always 0708h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_2

Always 0

70Ch

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_3

Always 0710h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_4

Always 0714h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_5

Always 0718h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_6

Always 0

71Ch

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_7

Always 0

720h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_8

Always 0724h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_9

Always 0728h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_10

Always 0

72Ch

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_11

Always 0730h

ABS_CSR_HI_INQ_12

Always 0734

Reserved

Always 0780h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_0

Always 0784h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_1

Always 0788h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_2

Always 0

78Ch

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_3

Always 0790h

Reserved

Always 0

7C0h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_16

Always 0

7C4h

ABS_CSR_LO_INQ_17

Always 0

7C8h

Reserved

Always 0

..
77Fh

..
7BFh

..
7FFh
Table 123: Absolute value inquiry register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

262

Configuration of the camera

Status and control register for one-push
The OnePush feature, WHITE_BALANCE, is currently implemented. If this flag isset, the feature becomes immediately active, even if no images are being input(see Chapter One-push white balance on page 111).
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

800h

BRIGHTNESS

Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
0: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolute value
CSR
If this bit = 1, value in the Value field isignored

---

[2-4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write 1: begin to work (Self cleared after
operation)
Read: Value=1 in operation
Value=0 not in operation
If A_M_Mode =1, this bit is ignored

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Read: read a status
0: OFF, 1: ON
If this bit =0, other fields will be read only

A_M_Mode[7]

Write: set the mode
Read: read a current mode
0: Manual
1: Auto---[8-19]

Reserved

Value[20-31] Value.
Write the value in Auto mode, this field isignoredIf ReadOut capability is not available,
read value has no meaning

804h

AUTO-EXPOSURE

See above
Note: Target grey level parameter in
SmartView corresponds to Auto_exposure
register 0xF0F00804 (IIDC)

808h

SHARPNESS

See above
Table 124: Feature control register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

263

Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

80Ch

WHITE-BALANCE

Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature
0: N/A
1: Available
Always 0 for Mono

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
0: Control with value in the Value field
1: Control with value in the Absolute value
CSR
If this bit = 1, value in the Value field isignored

---

[2-4]

Reserved

One_Push[5]

Write 1: begin to work (Self cleared after
operation)
Read: Value=1 in operation
Value=0 not in operation
If A_M_Mode =1, this bit is ignored

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature,
Read: read a status
0: OFF
1: ON
If this bit =0, other fields will be read only

A_M_Mode[7]

Write: set the mode
Read: read a current mode
0: Manual
1: AutoU_Value /B_Value[8-19]

U value / B value
Write the value in AUTO mode, this field isignoredIf ReadOut capability is not available,
read value has no meaning

V_Value /R_Value[20-31] V value / R value
Write the value in AUTO mode, this field isignoredIf ReadOut capability is not available,
read value has no meaning

810h

HUE

See above
Always 0 for Mono

814h

SATURATION

See above
Always 0 for Mono
Table 124: Feature control register (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

264Configuration of the camera

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

818h

GAMMA

See above

81Ch

SHUTTERSee Advanced Feature time base:• see Chapter Exposure time (shutter)and offset on page 180• see Chapter Time base on page 277
See Table 42: on page 114

820h

GAIN

See above

824h

IRIS

Always 0

828h

FOCUS

Always 0

82Ch

TEMPERATURE

See Table 127: on page 268

830h

TRIGGER_MODE

Can be effected via advanced feature
IO_INP_CTRLx

834h
..
87Ch

Reserved for other
FEATURE_HI

Always 0

880h

Zoom

Always 0

884h

PAN

Always 0

888h

TILT

Always 0

88Ch

OPTICAL_FILTER

Always 0

890h
..
8BCh

Reserved for other
FEATURE_LO

Always 0

8C0h

CAPTURE-SIZE

Always 0

8C4h

CAPTURE-QUALITY

Always 0

8C8h
..
8FCh

Reserved for other
FEATURE_LO

Always 0

Table 124: Feature control register (Forts.)

Feature control error status register
OffsetName

Description

640hFeature_Control_Error_Status_HI

Always 0644hFeature_Control_Error_Status_LO

Always 0

Table 125: Feature control error register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

265Configuration of the camera

Video mode control and status registers for
Format_7
Quadlet offset Format_7 Mode_0
The quadlet offset to the base address for Format_7 Mode_0, which can be readout at F0F002E0h (according to Table 118: on page 246) gives 003C2000h.
4 x 3C2000h = F08000h so that the base address for the latter (Table 126: on
page 266) equals
F0000000h + F08000h = F0F08000h.
Quadlet offset Format_7 Mode_1
The quadlet offset to the base address for Format_7 Mode_1, which can be readout at F0F002E4h (according to Table 118: on page 246) gives 003C2400h.
4 x 003C2400h = F09000h so that the base address for the latter (Table 126: on
page 266) equals
F0000000h + F09000h = F0F09000h.
Format_7 control and status register (CSR)
OffsetName

Description

000h

MAX_IMAGE_SIZE_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

004h

UNIT_SIZE_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31008h

IMAGE_POSITION

According to IIDC V1.31

00Ch

IMAGE_SIZE

According to IIDC V1.31

010h

COLOR_CODING_ID

See note

014h

COLOR_CODING_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

024h
.
.

COLOR_CODING_INQ

Vendor Unique Color_Coding
0-127 (ID=128-255)
ID=132 ECCID_MONO12
ID=136 ECCID_RAW12033h

ID=133 Reserved
ID=134 Reserved
ID=135 Reserved
See Chapter Packed 12-Bit Modeon page 154.
034h

PIXEL_NUMER_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

038h

TOTAL_BYTES_HI_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

03Ch

TOTAL_BYTES_LO_INQ

According to IIDC V1.31

Table 126: Format_7 control and status register

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

266

Configuration of the camera

OffsetName

Description

040h

PACKET_PARA_INQ

See note

044h

BYTE_PER_PACKET

According to IIDC V1.31

Table 126: Format_7 control and status register (Forts.)
Note

•



•

•
•
•

For all modes in Format_7, ErrorFlag_1 and ErrorFlag_2
are refreshed on each access to the Format_7 register.
Contrary to IIDC V1.31, registers relevant to Format_7
are refreshed on each access. The Setting_1 bit is automatically cleared after each access.
When ErrorFlag_1 or ErrorFlag_2 are set and Format_7 isconfigured, no image capture is started.
Contrary to IIDC V1.31, COLOR_CODING_ID is set to adefault value after an INITIALIZE or reset.
Contrary to IIDC V1.31, the UnitBytePerPacket field isalready filled in with a fixed value in the PACKET_PARA_INQ register.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

267

Configuration of the camera

Temperature register
The temperature is implemented with Presence_Inq=1 (available) and ON_OFF[6] always ON according to IIDC V1.31:
Register

Name

0xF0F0082C

Field

Bit

Description

TEMPERATURE Presence_Inq[0]

Presence of this feature:
0: N/A
1: Available

Abs_Control[1]

Absolute value control
O: Control with value in the value field
1: Control with value in the absolute value
CSR
If this bit=1 the value in the value field has tobe ignored.

---[2..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Write: ON or OFF this feature
Always 1
0: OFF
1: ON---[7..19]Reserved

Value[20..31] Temperature at the present time (read only)
Read out temperature value and divide by 10:
this is the temperature at sensor in degree
Celsius.
Info: 50 °C at sensor is approximately 45 °C
at camera housing. So never run the camera
with more than 50 °C at sensor.
•••

Min. displayed temperature: -55 °C
Max. displayed temperature: 150 °C
Increment: 0.25 °C/step

Table 127: CSR: Temperature
From -10 °C to +65 °C the temperature accuracy is: +1.5 °C / -2.0 °C

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

268

Configuration of the camera

Advanced features (Allied Vision-specific)
The camera has a variety of extended features going beyond the possibilities
described in IIDC V1.31. The following chapter summarizes all available (Allied
Vision-specific) advanced features in ascending register order.
NoteThis chapter is a reference guide for advanced registers anddoes not explain the advanced features itself.
For detailed description of the theoretical background see••

Chapter Description of the data path on page 108
Links given in the table below

Advanced registers summary
The following table gives an overview of all available advanced registers:
Register

Register name

Description

0xF1000010

VERSION_INFO1

See Table 129: on page 272

0xF1000014

VERSION_INFO1_EX

0xF1000018

VERSION_INFO3

0xF100001C

VERSION_INFO3_EX

0xF1000040

ADV_INQ_1

See Table 131: on page 274

0xF1000044

ADV_INQ_2

0xF1000048

ADV_INQ_3

0xF100004C

ADV_INQ_4

In ADV_INQ_3 there is a new field F7MODE_MAPPING [3]Low Noise Binning [9]0xF1000100

CAMERA_STATUS

See Table 132: on page 276

0xF1000200

MAX_RESOLUTION

See Table 133: on page 277

0xF1000208

TIMEBASE

See Table 134: on page 277

0xF100020C

EXTD_SHUTTER

See Table 136: on page 279

0xF1000210

TEST_IMAGE

See Table 137: on page 280

0xF1000220

SEQUENCE_CTRL

See Table 74: on page 189

0xF1000224

SEQUENCE_PARAM

0xF1000228

SEQUENCE_STEP

0xF1000240

LUT_CTRL

0xF1000244

LUT_MEM_CTRL

0xF1000248

LUT_INFO

See Table 138: on page 281

Table 128: Advanced registers summary

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

269

Configuration of the camera

Register

Register name

Description

0xF1000250

SHDG_CTRL

See Table 139: on page 283

0xF1000254

SHDG_MEM_CTRL

0xF1000258

SHDG_INFO

0xF1000260

DEFERRED_TRANS

See Table 141: on page 286

0xF1000270

FRAMEINFO

See Table 142: on page 286

0xF1000274

FRAMECOUNTER

0xF1000298

DPC_CTRL

0xF100029C

DPC_MEM

0xF10002A0

DPC_INFO

0xF1000300

IO_INP_CTRL1

0xF1000304

IO_INP_CTRL2

Stingray housing and board level cameras
See Table 22: on page 91

0xF1000320

IO_OUTP_CTRL1

Stingray housing and board level cameras

0xF1000324

IO_OUTP_CTRL2

See Table 28: on page 96

0xF1000328

IO_OUTP_CTRL3

0xF100032C

IO_OUTP_CTRL4

0xF1000340

IO_INTENA_DELAY

See Table 144: on page 289

0xF1000360

AUTOSHUTTER_CTRL

See Table 145: on page 290

0xF1000364

AUTOSHUTTER_LO

0xF1000368

AUTOSHUTTER_HI

0xF1000370

AUTOGAIN_CTRL

See Table 146: on page 291

0xF1000390

AUTOFNC_AOI

See Table 147: on page 292

0xF1000394

AF_AREA_POSITION

0xF1000398

AF_AREA_SIZE

0xF10003A0

COLOR_CORR

See Table 143: on page 287

Stingray color cameras only
See Table 148: on page 293

0xF10003A4

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC11 = Crr

Stingray color cameras only

0xF10003A8

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC12 = Cgr

See Table 148: on page 293

0xF10003AC

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC13 = Cbr

0xF10003B0

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC21 = Crg

0xF10003B4

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC22 = Cgg

0xF10003B8

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC23 = Cbg

0xF10003BC

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC31 = Crb

0xF10003C0

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC32 = Cgb

0xF10003C4

COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC33 = Cbb
Table 128: Advanced registers summary (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

270Configuration of the camera

Register

Register name

Description

0xF1000400

TRIGGER_DELAY

See Table 149: on page 294

0xF1000410

MIRROR_IMAGE

See Table 150: on page 294

0xF1000510

SOFT_RESET

See Table 151: on page 295

0xF1000520

HIGH_SNR

See Table 152: on page 296

0xF1000550

USER PROFILES

See Table 167: on page 309

0xF1000570

PARAMUPD_TIMINGSee Table 155: on page 299

0xF1000580

F7MODE_MAPPINGSee Table 158: on page 301

0xF1000610

FRMCNT_STAMP

See Table 163: on page 305

0xF1000620

TRIGGER_COUNTER

See Table 164: on page 306

0xF1000630

SIS

See Table 160: on page 303

0xF1000640

SWFEATURE_CTRL

See Table 166: on page 308

0xF1000800
0xF1000804

IO_OUTP_PWM1

Stingray housing and board level cameras:

0xF1000808
0xF100080C

IO_OUTP_PWM2

0xF1000810
0xF1000814

IO_OUTP_PWM3

0xF1000818
0xF100081C

IO_OUTP_PWM4

0xF1000840

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_1

0xF1000850

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_2

0xF1000860

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_3

0xF1000870

IO_INP_DEBOUNCE_4

0xF1000FFC

GPDATA_INFO

0xF1001000...
0xF100nnnn

GPDATA_BUFFER

0xF1100000

PARRAMLIST_INFO

0xF1101000

PARAMLIST_BUFFER

See Table 30: on page 99

See Table 66: on page 179

See Table 170: on page 313

See Table 156: on page 300

Table 128: Advanced registers summary (Forts.)
Note

•



•

Advanced features should always be activated before
accessing them.
Currently, all registers can be written without being activated. This makes it easier to operate the camera using
Directcontrol.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

271

Configuration of the camera

Extended version information register
The presence of each of the following features can be queried by the 0 bit of thecorresponding register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000010

VERSION_INFO1

μC type ID[0..15]

Always 0

μC version[16..31]

Bcd-coded version number

0xF1000014

VERSION_INFO1_EX μC version[0..31]

Bcd-coded version number

0xF1000018

VERSION_INFO3

Camera type ID[0..15]

See Table 130: on page 273.

FPGA version[16..31]

Bcd-coded version number

VERSION_INFO3_EX FPGA version[0..31]

Bcd-coded version number

0xF100001C
0xF1000020---[0..31]

Reserved

0xF1000024---[0..31]

Reserved

0xF1000028---[0..31]

Reserved

0xF100002C---[0..31]

Reserved

0xF1000030

OrderIDHigh[0..31]

8 Byte ASCII Order ID

0xF1000034

OrderIDLow[0..31]

Table 129: Advanced register: Extended version information
The micro controller version and FPGA firmware version numbers are bcd-coded,
which means that firmware version 0.85 is read as 0x0085 and version 1.10 isread as 0x0110.
The newly added VERSION_INFOx_EX registers contain extended bcd-coded version information formatted as special.major.minor.patch.
So reading the value 0x00223344 is decoded as:• Special: 0 (decimal)• Major: 22 (decimal)• Minor: 33 (decimal)• Patch: 44 (decimal)This is decoded to the human readable version 22.33.44 (leading zeros areomitted).
Note

If a camera returns the register set to all zero, that particularcamera does not support the extended version information.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

272

Configuration of the camera

The FPGA type ID (= camera type ID) identifies the camera type with the help of
the following list (BL = board level):ID

Camera type

401

Stingray F-033B (BL)402

Stingray F-033C (BL)

403

---

404

---

405

Stingray F-046B (BL)406

Stingray F-046C (BL)407

Stingray F-080B (BL)408

Stingray F-080C (BL)409

Stingray F-125B (BL)410

Stingray F-125C (BL)413

Stingray F-145B (BL)414

Stingray F-145C (BL)415

Stingray F-146B (BL)416

Stingray F-146C (BL)417

Stingray F-201B (BL)418

Stingray F-201C (BL)

419

---

420

---

423

Stingray F-504B (BL)424

Stingray F-504C (BL)
Table 130: Camera type ID list

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

273

Configuration of the camera

Advanced feature inquiry
This register indicates with a named bit if a feature is present or not. If a feature
is marked as not present the associated register space might not be available
and read/write errors may occur.
Note

Ignore unnamed bits in the following table: these bits might be
set or not.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

0xF1000040

ADV_INQ_1

MaxResolution
TimeBase
ExtdShutter
TestImage
FrameInfo
Sequences
VersionInfo--Look-up tables
Shading
DeferredTransHDR mode----TriggerDelay
Mirror image
Soft ResetHigh SNR
Color correction--User Sets--Paramlist_Info
GP_Buffer

[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19..20][21][22..29][30][31]

Description

Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Reserved
Reserved

Table 131: Advanced register: Advanced feature inquiry

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

274

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

0xF1000044

ADV_INQ_2

Input_1
Input_2--Output_1
Output_2
Output_3
Output_4--IntEnaDelay--Output 1 PWM
Output 2 PWM
Output 3 PWM
Output 4 PWM--Camera Status[0][1][2..7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[12..15][16][17..23]
[24]
[25]
[26]
[27]
[28..31][0]

Max IsoSize[1]

Paramupd_Timing[2]

F7 mode mapping[3]

Auto Shutter[4]

Auto Gain[5]

Auto FNC AOI

[6]

---

[7..31]

---

[0]

---

[1]

---

[2]

---

[18..31]

0xF1000048

0xF100004C

ADV_INQ_3

ADV_INQ_4

Description

Reserved

Reserved
Reserved
Stingray housing and board
level cameras

Reserved

Reserved

Reserved

Table 131: Advanced register: Advanced feature inquiry (Forts.)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

275

Configuration of the camera

Camera status
This register allows to determine the current status of the camera. The mostimportant flag is the Idle flag.
If the Idle flag is set, the camera does not capture and send any images, thoughimages might be present in the image FIFO.
The ExSyncArmed flag indicates that the camera is set up for external triggering.
Even if the camera is waiting for an external trigger event the Idle flag might get
set.
Other bits in this register might be set or toggled: just ignore these bits.
Note

•


•

Excessive polling of this register may slow down theoperation of the camera. Therefore, the time between
two polls of the status register should not be less than 5
milliseconds. If the time between two read accesses islower than 5 milliseconds, the response will be delayed.
Depending on shutter and isochronous settings the status flags might be set for a very short time. In that case,the status flags will not be recognized by your application.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000100

CAMERA_STATUS

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..23]

Reserved

ID[24..31] Implementation ID = 0x01---

[0..14]

Reserved

ExSyncArmed[15]

External trigger enabled---[16..27] Reserved

ISO

[28]

---

[29..30] Reserved

Idle

[31]

0xF1000104

Isochronous transmission
Camera idle

Table 132: Advanced register: Camera status

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

276

Configuration of the camera

Maximum resolution
This register indicates the highest resolution for the sensor and is read-only.
NoteThis register normally outputs the MAX_IMAGE_SIZE_INQ Format_7 Mode_0 value.
This is the value given in the specifications tables under Picture
size (max.) in Chapter Specifications on page 40.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000200

MAX_RESOLUTION

MaxWidth[0..15]

Sensor width(read only)

MaxHeight[16..31] Sensor height(read only)

Table 133: Advanced register: Maximum resolution inquiry

Time base
Corresponding to IIDC, exposure time is set via a 12-bit value in the corresponding register (SHUTTER_INQ [51Ch] and SHUTTER [81Ch]).
This means that you can enter a value in the range of 1 to 4095.
Stingray cameras use a time base that is multiplied by the shutter register value.
This multiplier is configured as the time base via the TIMEBASE register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000208

TIMEBASE

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..7]

Reserved

ExpOffset[8..19]Exposure offset in μs---[20..27] Reserved

Timebase_ID[28..31] See Table 135: on page 278.

Table 134: Advanced register: Time base

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

277

Configuration of the camera

The time base IDs 0-9 are in bit [28] to [31]. See Table 135: on page 278. Referto the following table for code.
Default time base is 20 μs: This means that the integration time can be changed
in 20 μs increments with the shutter control.
Note

Time base can only be changed when the camera is in idle stateand becomes active only after setting the shutter value.

The ExpOffset field specifies the camera specific exposure time offset in μs.
This time should be equivalent to Table 67: on page 180 and must be added tothe exposure time to compute the real exposure time, set by any shutter register.
The ExpOffset field might be zero for some cameras: this has to be assumed as
an unknown exposure time offset (according to former software versions).
ID

Time base in μs

0

1

1

2

2

5

3

10

4

20

5

50

6

100

7

200

8

500

9

1000

Default value

Table 135: Time base ID
Note

The ABSOLUTE VALUE CSR register, introduced in IIDC V1.3, is
not implemented.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

278

Configuration of the camera

Extended shutter
The exposure time for long-term integration of up to 67 s can be entered with
μs precision via the EXTENDED_SHUTTER register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF100020C

EXTD_SHUTTER

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ExpTime[6..31]

Exposure time in μs

Table 136: Advanced register: Extended shutter
The minimum allowed exposure time depends on the camera model. To determine this value write 1 to the ExpTime field and read back the minimum allowed
exposure time.
The longest exposure time, 3FFFFFFh, corresponds to 67.11 s.
Note

•



•
•
•

Exposure times entered via the 81Ch register are mirroredin the extended register, but not vice versa.
Changes in this register have immediate effect, evenwhen camera is transmitting.
Extended shutter becomes inactive after writing to a format / mode / frame rate register.
Extended shutter setting will thus be overwritten by thenormal time base/shutter setting after Stop/Start of
FireView or FireDemo.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

279

Configuration of the camera

Test images
Bit [8] to [14] indicate which test images are saved. Setting bit [28] to [31] activates or deactivates existing test images.
By activating any test image the following auto features are automatically disabled:• Auto gain
• Auto shutter• Auto white balance
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000210

TEST_IMAGE

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..7]

Reserved

Image_Inq_1[8]

Presence of test image 1
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_2[9]

Presence of test image 2
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_3[10]

Presence of test image 3
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_4[11]

Presence of test image 4
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_5[12]

Presence of test image 5
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_6[13]

Presence of test image 6
0: N/A
1: Available

Image_Inq_7[14]

Presence of test image 7
0: N/A
1: Available---[15..27] Reserved

TestImage_ID[28..31] 0: No test image active
1: Image 1 active
2: Image 2 active…

Table 137: Advanced register: Test images

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

280

Configuration of the camera

Look-up tables (LUT)
The LUT to be used in the camera are chosen via the LutNo field. The LUTs areactivated via the LUT_CTRL register.
The LUT_INFO register indicates how many LUTs the camera can store and shows
the maximum size of the individual LUTs.
The possible values for LutNo are 0..n-1; whereas, n can be determined by reading the field NumOfLuts of the LUT_INFO register.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000240

LUT_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable this feature---[7..25]Reserved

LutNo[26..31] Use LUTwith LutNo number

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..4]

Reserved

EnableMemWR[5]

Enable write access---[6..7]

Reserved

AccessLutNo[8..15]AddrOffset[16..31] byte

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..2]

Reserved

BitsPerValue[3..7]

Bits used per table item

NumOfLuts[8..15]

Maximum number of look-up
tablesMaxLutSize[16..31] Maximum LUTsize (bytes)

0xF1000244

0xF1000248

LUT_MEM_CTRL

LUT_INFO

Table 138: Advanced register: LUT

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

281

Configuration of the camera

Note



The BitsPerValue field indicates how many bits are read fromthe LUT for any gray-value read from the sensor. To determine
the number of bytes occupied for each gray-value round-up the
BitsPerValue field to the next byte boundary.
Examples:••

BitsPerValue = 8  1 byte per gray-value
BitsPerValue = 14  2 byte per gray-value

Divide MaxLutSize by the number of bytes per gray-value inorder to get the number of LUT entries (gray levels): that is 2nwith n=number of bits read from sensor.
Note


Note



Stingray cameras have the gamma feature implemented via abuilt-in LUT. Therefore, gamma and LUT cannot be used at thesame time. As a solution, a gamma LUT may be combined withother LUTs.

When using the LUT feature and the gamma feature, pay attention to the following:••••

Gamma ON  LUTis switched ON
Gamma OFF  LUTis switched OFF
LUT OFF  Gamma is switched OFF
LUT ON  Gamma is switched OFF

Loading a LUTinto the camera
Loading a LUT into the camera is done through the GPDATA_BUFFER. The size of
the GPDATA_BUFFER is smaller than a complete LUT; therefore the data must be
written in multiple steps.
To load a lookup table into the camera:
1.

Query the limits and ranges by reading LUT_INFO and GPDATA_INFO.

2.

Set EnableMemWR to true (1).

3.

Set AccessLutNo to the desired number.

4.

Set AddrOffset to 0.

5.

Write n lookup table data bytes to GPDATA_BUFFER (n might be lower than
the size of the GPDATA_BUFFER; AddrOffset is automatically adjusted
inside the camera).

6.

Repeat step 5 until all data is written into the camera.

7.

Set EnableMemWR to false (0).

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

282

Configuration of the camera

Shading correction
Owing to technical circumstances, the interaction of recorded objects with one
another, optical effects, and lighting non-homogeneities may occur in theimages.
Normally, these effects are not desired. They should be eliminated as far as possible in subsequent image editing. The camera has automatic shading correction
to do this.
Provided a shading image is present in the camera, the on/off bit can be used toenable shading correction.
The on/off and ShowImage bits must be set for saved shading images to be displayed.
Note

•



•

Ensure that the shading image is saved at the highest
resolution of the camera. If a lower resolution is chosen
and ShowImage is set to true, the image will not be displayed correctly.
The shading image is computed using the current video
settings. On fixed video modes the selected frame rate
also affects the computation time.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

0xF1000250

SHDG_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

BuildError--ShowImage
BuildImage
ON_OFF
Busy--MemChannelError

MemoryChannel
GrabCount

Description

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)[1]
Could not built shading image[2..3]
Reserved[4]Show shading data as image[5]
Build a new shading image[6]
Shading on/off[7]
Build in progress[8..15] Reserved[16..19] Indicates memory channel
error. See Table 140: on page285
[20..23] Set memory channel number
for save and load operations[24..31] Number of images

Table 139: Advanced register: Shading

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

283

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000254

SHDG_MEM_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..4]

Reserved

EnableMemWR[5]

Enable write access

EnableMemRD[6]

Enable read access

---

[7]

Reserved

AddrOffset[8..31]

In bytes

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..3]

Reserved

MaxMemChannel[4..7]

Maximum number of available
memory channels to store
shading images

MaxImageSize[8..31]

Maximum shading image size(in bytes)

0xF1000258

SHDG_INFO

Table 139: Advanced register: Shading (Forts.)
Reading or writing shading image from/into the camera
Accessing the shading image inside the camera is done through the
GPDATA_BUFFER. Data must be written in multiple steps, because the size of the
GPDATA_BUFFER is smaller than a whole shading image.
To read or write a shading image:
1.

Query the limits and ranges by reading SHDG_INFO and GPDATA_INFO.

2.

Set EnableMemWR or EnableMemRD to true (1).

3.

Set AddrOffset to 0.

4.

Write n shading data bytes to GPDATA_BUFFER (n might be lower than thesize of the GPDATA_BUFFER; AddrOffset is automatically adjusted inside
the camera).

5.

Repeat step 4 until all data is written into the camera.

6.

Set EnableMemWR and EnableMemRD to false.

Automatic generation of a shading image
Shading image data may also be generated by the camera. To use this feature
make sure all settings affecting an image are set properly. The camera uses thecurrent active resolution to generate the shading image.
To generate a shading image:1.

Set GrabCount to the number of the images to be averaged before the correction factors are calculated.

2.

Set BuildImage to true.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

284

Configuration of the camera

3.

Poll the SHDG_CTRL register until the Busy and BuildImage flags are reset
automatically.

The maximum value of GrabCount depends on the camera type and the numberof available image buffers. GrabCount is automatically adjusted to a power oftwo.
SHDG_CTRL register should not be polled too often, while automatic generation
is in progress. Each poll delays the process of generating the shading image. An
optimal poll interval time is 500 ms.
Memory channel error codes
ID

Error description

0x00

No error

0x01

Memory detection error

0x02

Memory size error

0x03

Memory erase error

0x04

Memory write error

0x05

Memory header write error

0x0F

Memory channel out of range

Table 140: Memory channel error description

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

285

Configuration of the camera

Deferred image transport
Using this register, the sequence of recording and the transfer of the images canbe paused. Setting HoldImg prevents transfer of the image. The images are
stored in ImageFIFO.
The images indicated by NumOfImages are sent by setting the SendImage bit.
When FastCapture is set (in Format_7 only), images are recorded at the highest
possible frame rate.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read
only)

---

[1..4]

Reserved

SendImage[5]

Send NumOfImages now (auto reset)

HoldImg[6]

Enable/Disable deferred transport mode

FastCapture[7]

Enable/disable fast capture mode---

[8..15]Reserved

FiFoSize[16..23] Size of FIFO in number of images (readonly)

0xF1000260 DEFERRED_TRANS Presence_Inq

NumOfImages [24..31] Write: Number of images to send
Read: Number of images in buffer
Table 141: Advanced register: Deferred image transport

Frame information
This register is used to double-check the number of images received by the hostcomputer against the number of images that were transmitted by the camera.
The camera increments this counter with every FrameValid signal. This is a mirrorof the frame counter information found at 0xF1000610.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000270

FRAMEINFO

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)

ResetFrameCnt[1]

Reset frame counter---[2..31]

Reserved

FrameCounter[0..31]

Number of captured frames
since last reset

0xF1000274

FRAMECOUNTER

Table 142: Advanced register: Frame information
The FrameCounter is incremented when an image is read out of the sensor.
The FrameCounter does not indicate whether an image was sent over the IEEE
1394 bus or not.
Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

286

Configuration of the camera

Defect pixel correction
Definition

The defect pixel correction mode allows to correct an image with defect pixels.
Threshold defines the defect pixels in an image. Defect pixel correction is donein the FPGA. Defect pixel data can be stored inside the camera’s EEPROM.
DPC = defect pixel correction
WR = write
RD = read
MEM, Mem = memory
Note

•



•

Defect pixel correction is always done in Format_7
Mode_0.
When using defect pixel correction with binning andsub-sampling: first switch to binning/sub-sampling
modus and then apply defect pixel correction.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000298

DPC_CTRL

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)

BuildError[1]

Build defect pixel data thatreports an error, e.g. morethan 256 defect pixels, see
DPDataSize---[2..4]

Reserved

BuildDPData[5]

Build defect pixel data now

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable this feature

Busy

[7]

Build defect pixel data inprogress

MemSave[8]

Save defect pixel data to storage

MemLoad[9]

Load defect pixel data fromstorage

ZeroDPData[10]

Zero defect pixel data---

[11..17] Reserved

Mean[18..24] Calculated mean value (7 bit)Threshold[25..31] Threshold for defect pixel correction

Table 143: Advanced register: Defect pixel correction

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

287

Configuration of the camera

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF100029C

DPC_MEM

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)

---

[1]

Reserved

EnaMemWR[2]

Enable write access from hostto RAM

EnaMemRD[3]

Enable read access from RAM
to hostDPDataSize[4..17]Size of defect pixel data toread from RAM to host.
A maximum of 256 defect pixels can be stored. In case of
more than 256 defect pixels,
DPDataSize is set to 257 and
BuildError flag is set to 1.
Defect pixel correction data isdone with first 256 defect pixels only.

0xF10002A0

DPC_INFO

AddrOffset[18..31] Address offset to selected
defect pixel data

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature (read only)---[1..3]

Reserved

MinThreshold[4..10]

Minimum value for threshold

MaxThreshold[11..17] Maximum value for threshold

MaxSize[18..31] Maximum size of defect pixel
data

Table 143: Advanced register: Defect pixel correction (Forts.)

Input/output pin control
Note



•
•
•
•

See Chapter Input/output pin control on page 91
See Chapter IO_INP_CTRL 1-2 on page 91
See Chapter IO_OUTP_CTRL 1-4 on page 95
See Chapter Output modes on page 97

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

288

Configuration of the camera

Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna)
A delay time between initiating exposure on the sensor and the activation edgeof the IntEna signal can be set using this register. The on/off flag activates/
deactivates integration delay. The time can be set in μs in DelayTime.
Note

•
•



Only one edge is delayed.
If IntEna_Out is used to control an exposure, it is possible to have a variation in brightness or to precisely time aflash.

Integration time

Integration time

IntEna_real

IntEna_out

Delay
time

Delay
time

Figure 111: Delayed integration timing

RegisterName

0xF1000340 IO_INTENA_DELAY

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable integration
enable delay---[7..11]

Reserved

DELAY_TIME[12..31]

Delay time in μs

Table 144: Advanced register: Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

289

Configuration of the camera

Auto shutter control
The table below illustrates the advanced register for auto shutter control. The
purpose of this register is to limit the range within which auto shutter operates.
RegisterName

0xF1000360 AUTOSHUTTER_CTRL

0xF1000364 AUTOSHUTTER_LO

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1–31]

Reserved

---

[0–5]

Reserved

MinValue[6–31]

Minimum auto shutter value
lowest possible value: 10 μs

0xF1000368 AUTOSHUTTER_HI

---

[0–5]

Reserved

MaxValue[6–31]

Maximum auto shutter value

Table 145: Advanced register: Auto shutter control
Note

•



•
•

Values can only be changed within the limits of shutter
CSR.
Changes in auto exposure register only have an effectwhen auto shutter is enabled.
Auto exposure limits are: 50–205 (SmartViewCtrl1
tab: Target grey level)

When both auto shutter and auto gain are enabled, priority is given to increasing shutter when brightness decreases. This is done to achieve the best image
quality with lowest noise.
For increasing brightness, priority is given to lowering gain first for the same
purpose.
MinValue and MaxValue limits the range the auto shutter feature is allowed touse for the regulation process. Both values are initialized with the minimum andmaximum value defined in the standard SHUTTER_INQ register (multiplied by
the current active timebase).
If you change the MinValue and/or MaxValue and the new range exceeds therange defined by the SHUTTER_INQ register, the standard SHUTTER register will
not show correct shutter values. In this case, read the EXTENDED_SHUTTER register for the current active shutter time.
Changing the auto shutter range might not affect the regulation, if the regulation is in a stable condition and no other condition affecting the image brightness is changed.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

290Configuration of the camera

If both auto gain and auto shutter are enabled and if the shutter is at its upperboundary and gain regulation is in progress, increasing the upper auto shutter
boundary has no effect on auto gain/shutter regulation as long as auto gain regulation is active.
Note

As with the Extended Shutter the value of MinValue and
MaxValue must not be set to a lower value than the minimum
shutter time.

Auto gain control
The table below illustrates the advanced register for auto gain control.
RegisterName

0xF1000370 AUTOGAIN_CTRL

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1..3]

Reserved

MaxValue[4..15]

Maximum auto gain value---[16..19]

Reserved

MinValue[20..31]

Minimum auto gain value

Table 146: Advanced register: Auto gain control
MinValue and MaxValue limits the range the auto gain feature is allowed to use
for the regulation process. Both values are initialized with the minimum andmaximum value defined in the standard GAIN_INQ register.
Changing the auto gain range might not affect the regulation, if the regulation
is in a stable condition and no other condition affecting the image brightness ischanged.
If both auto gain and auto shutter are enabled and if the gain is at its lower
boundary and shutter regulation is in progress, decreasing the lower auto gain
boundary has no effect on auto gain/shutter regulation as long as auto shutter
regulation is active.
Both values can only be changed within the range defined by the standard
GAIN_INQ register.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

291

Configuration of the camera

Autofunction AOIThe table below illustrates the advanced register for autofunction AOI.
RegisterName

0xF1000390 AUTOFNC_AOI

0xF1000394 AF_AREA_POSITION

0xF1000398 AF_AREA_SIZE

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1..3]

Reserved

ShowWorkArea[4]

Show work area

---

[5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/disable AOI (see note
above)---[7]

Reserved

YUNITS[8..19]Y units of work area/pos.
beginning with 0 (read only)

XUNITS[20..31]

X units of work area/pos.
beginning with 0 (read only)

Left[0..15]Work area position(left coordinate)Top[16..31]Work area position(top coordinate)Width[0..15]

Width of work area size

Height[16..31]Height of work area size

Table 147: Advanced register: Autofunction AOIThe possible increment of the work area position and size is defined by the
YUNITS and XUNITS fields. The camera automatically adjusts your settings topermitted values.
Note

If the adjustment fails and the work area size and/or work area
position becomes invalid, then this feature is automaticallyswitched of
Read back the ON_OFF flag, if this feature does not work as
expected.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

292

Configuration of the camera

Color correction
To switch off color correction in YUV mode: see bit [6]RegisterName

0xF10003A0 COLOR_CORR

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Color correction on/off
default: on
Write: 02000000h to switch
color correction OFF
Write: 00000000h to switch
color correction ON

Reset

[7]

Reset to defaults---[8..31]

Reserved

0xF10003A4 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC11 = Crr[0..31]

0xF10003A8 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC12 = Cgr[0..31]

0xF10003AC COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC13 = Cbr[0..31]

A number of 1000 equals acolor correction coefficientof 1.

0xF10003B0 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC21 = Crg[0..31]

0xF10003B4 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC22 = Cgg[0..31]

0xF10003B8 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC23 = Cbg[0..31]

0xF10003BC COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC31 = Crb[0..31]

0xF10003C0 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC32 = Cgb[0..31]

0xF10003C4 COLOR_CORR_COEFFIC33 = Cbb[0..31]

Color correction values
range -1000..+2000 and are
signed 32 bit.
In order for white balance towork properly ensure thatthe row sum equals to 1000.
The maximum row sum is limited to 2000.

...

Reserved fortesting purposes

0xF10003FC

Don’t touch!

0xF10003A4

Table 148: Advanced register: Color correction
For an explanation of the color correction matrix and for further information
read Chapter Color correction on page 164.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

293Configuration of the camera

Trigger delay
RegisterName

0xF1000400 TRIGGER_DELAY

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Trigger delay on/off---[7..10]Reserved

DelayTime[11..31]

Delay time in μs

Table 149: Advanced register: Trigger delay
The advanced register allows start of the integration to be delayed via
DelayTime by max. 221 μs, which is max. 2.1 s after a trigger edge was detected.
Note

Trigger delay works with external trigger modes only.


Mirror image
The table below illustrates the advanced register for Mirror image.
RegisterName

0xF1000410 MIRROR_IMAGE

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Mirror image on/off
1: on
0: offDefault: off---[7..31]

Reserved

Table 150: Advanced register: Mirror

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

294

Configuration of the camera

Soft reset
RegisterName

0xF1000510 SOFT_RESET

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of thisfeature (read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

Reset

[6]

Initiate reset---[7..19]Reserved

Delay[20..31]

Delay reset in 10 ms steps

Table 151: Advanced register: Soft reset
The soft reset feature is similar to the INITIALIZE register, with the following
differences:• 1 or more bus resets will occur• The FPGA will be rebooted
The reset can be delayed by setting the Delay to a value unequal to 0.
The delay is defined in 10 ms steps.
Note

When SOFT_RESET has been defined, the camera will respondto further read or write requests but will not process them.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

295

Configuration of the camera

High SNR mode (High Signal Noise Ratio)
With High SNR mode enabled the camera internally grabs GrabCount images
and outputs a single averaged image.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000520

HIGH_SNR

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

High SNR mode on/off
High SNR mode on requires aminimum GrabCount value of 2.
Set grab count and activation of
HighSNR in one single write
access.

---[7..22]

Reserved

GrabCount[23..31]Enter number of images
Permissible values are:2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256
If you enter a non-expected value,
the firmware will round down to
the first permitted value.
Example: Enter 255, firmware will
write 128 to the register.

Table 152: Advanced register: High Signal Noise Ratio (HSNR)
Note

•



•

Note

•



•

The camera must be idle to toggle this feature on/of Idle
means: no image acquisition, no trigger.
Set grab count and activation of HighSNR in one single
write access.

Writing to the HIGH_SNR register while capture is active
will accept the new value, but it will not become active.
Subsequently stopping and starting acquisition will notchange this, either.
Writing the HIGH_SNR register is only effective if done
while the camera is not actively acquiring.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

296

Configuration of the camera

Maximum ISO packet size
Use this feature to increase the MaxBytePerPacket value of Format_7 modes.
This overrides the maximum allowed isochronous packet size specified by IIDC
V1.31.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000560

ISOSIZE_S400

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/Disable S400 settings

Set2Max[7]

Set to maximum supported packet
size

---

[8..15]Reserved

MaxIsoSize[16..31]

Maximum ISO packet size for S400

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Enable/Disable S800 settings

Set2Max[7]

Set to maximum supported packet
size

---

[8..15]Reserved

MaxIsoSize[16..31]

Maximum ISO packet size for S800

0xF1000564

ISOSIZE_S800

Table 153: Advanced register: Maximum ISO packet size
Example For isochronous packets at a speed of S800 the maximum allowed packet size
(IIDC V1.31) is 8192 byte. This feature allows you to extend the size of an isochronous packet up to 11,000 byte at S800. Thus, the isochronous bandwidth isincreased from 64 MByte/s to approximately 84 MByte/s. You need either PCI
Express or PCI-X (64 bit).
The Maximum ISO packet size feature ...
• ... reduces the asynchronous bandwidth available for controlling cameras
by approximately 75%• ... may lead to slower responses on commands• ... is not covered by the IEEE1394 specification• ... may not work with all available 1394 host adaptersNote

We strongly recommend to use PCI-X (64 bit) or PCI Express
adapter.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

297

Configuration of the camera

Restrictions Note the restrictions in the following table. When using software with an
Isochronous Resource Manager (IRM): deactivate it.
SoftwareRestrictions

FireGrab

Deactivate Isochronous Resource Manager:
SetParameter (FGP_USEIRMFORBW, 0)

FireStack/FireClass

No restrictions

SDKs using Microsoft driver(Active FirePackage,
Direct FirePackage, ...)

n/aLinux: libdc1394_1.x

No restrictions

Linux: libdc1394_2.x

Deactivate Isochronous Resource Manager:
Set DC1394_CAPTURE_FLAGS_BANDWIDTH_ALLOC flag to 0

Third Party Software

Deactivate Isochronous Resource Manager
Table 154: Restrictions for feature: Maximum ISO packet size

Operation

The maximum allowed isochronous packet size can be set separately for the ISO
speeds S400 and S800. Check the associated Presence_Inq flag to see for which
ISO speed this feature is available.
Setting the Set2Max flag to 1 sets the MaxIsoSize field to the maximum supported isochronous packet size. Use this flag to query the maximum supported
size (may depend on the camera model).
Enable this feature by setting the ON_OFF flag to 1 and the MaxIsoSize field toa value greater than the default packet size.
The camera ensures:• that the value of the MaxIsoSize field is a multiple of 4.
• that the value isn’t lower than the value specified by the IEEE1394 specification.
The settings are stored in the user sets.
Note

Enabling this feature will not change the MaxBytePerPacket
value automatically. The camera may not use the newisochronous packet size for the MaxBytePerPacket value until
a write access to the desired Format_7 mode has been issued.

Quick parameter change timing modes
You can choose between the following update timing modes:• Standard Parameter Update Timing (slightly modified from previous
Stingray cameras)• Quick Format Change Mode

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

298

Configuration of the camera

Note

For a detailed description see Chapter Quick parameter change
timing modes on page 149.

Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000570

PARAMUPD_TIMING Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

UpdActive[6]

Update active
see Chapter Encapsulated Update(begin/end) on page 151
0: (default); reset to 0 means
Encapsulated Update end
1: set to 1 means
Encapsulated Update begin---[7..23]

Reserved

UpdTiming[24..31]

Update timing mode
If set to O:
Standard Parameter Update Timingis active
If set to 2:
Quick Format Change Mode is active

Table 155: Advanced register: Update timing modes
Standard Parameter Update Timing
The camera behaves like older firmware versions without this feature. The
UpdActive flag has no meaning.
Quick Format Change Mode
This mode behaves like Standard Parameter Update Timing mode with the following exception:
An already started image transport to the host will not be interrupted, but analready started integration will be interrupted.
To switch on Quick Format Change Mode do the following:
1.

Set UpdTiming to 2.

2.

Set UpdActive to 1.

3.

Be aware that all parameter values have to be set within 10 seconds.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

299

Configuration of the camera

Automatic reset of the UpdActive flag
Quick Format Change Mode clears the UpdActive flag after all desired parameters have been set. Every time the PARAMUPD_TIMING register is written to with
the UpdActive flag set to 1 a 10 second time-out is started/restarted. If thetime-out passes before the UpdActive flag is cleared, the UpdActive flag iscleared automatically and all parameter changes since setting the UpdActive
flag to 1 become active automatically.

Parameter-List Update
The parameter list is an array of address/data pairs which can be sent to the camera in a single bus cycle.
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1100000

PARAMLIST_INFO

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..15]Reserved

BufferSize[16..31]Size of parameter list buffer inbytes

0xF1101000...
0xF1101nnn

PARAMLIST_BUFFER

Table 156: Advanced register: Parameter-List Update: parameter list
Dependant on the parameter update mode the address/data pairs may become
active one by one or after the processing of the complete parameter list. A
parameter list may look like follows (the description is for your convenience):
Address offset

Data quadlet

Description

0xF0F00608

0xE0000000

Set video format 7

0xF0F00604

0x00000000

Set video mode 0

0xF0F08008

0x00000000

Set image position

0xF0F0800C

0x028001E0

Set image size

0xF0F08044

0x04840484

Set BytePerPacket value

0xF0F0080C

0x80000100

Set shutter to 0x100

0xF0F00820

0x80000080

Set gain to 0x80

Table 157: Example: parameter list
Note

•



•

The PARAMLIST_BUFFER shares the memory with the
GPDATA_BUFFER. Therefore, it is not possible to use bothfeatures at the same time.
Not all CSRs or features of a particular camera model canbe used with the parameter list feature.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

300

Configuration of the camera

Format_7 mode mappingWith Format_7 mode mapping it is possible to map special binning and sub-sampling modes to F7M1..F7M7 (see Figure 82: on page 148).
Register

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000580

F7MODE_MAPPING

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..31]

Reserved

F7MODE_00_INQ[0]Format_7 Mode_0 presence

F7MODE_01_INQ[1]Format_7 Mode_1 presence

...

...

...

F7MODE_31_INQ[31]

Format_7 Mode_31 presence

0xF1000584

F7MODE_MAP_INQ

0xF1000588

Reserved

---

---

---

0xF100058C

Reserved

---

---

---

0xF1000590

F7MODE_0

Format_ID[0..31]

Format ID (read only)

0xF1000594

F7MODE_1

Format_ID[0..31]

Format ID for Format_7 Mode_1

0xF1000598

F7MODE_2

Format_ID[0..31]

Format ID for Format_7 Mode_2

0xF100059C

F7MODE_3

Format_ID[0..31]

Format ID for Format_7 Mode_3

0xF10005A0

F7MODE_4

Format_ID[0..31]

Format ID for Format_7 Mode_4

0xF10005A4

F7MODE_5

Format_ID[0..31]

Format ID for Format_7 Mode_5

0xF10005A8

F7MODE_6

Format_ID[0..31]

Format ID for Format_7 Mode_6

0xF10005AC

F7MODE_7

Format_ID[0..31]

Format ID for Format_7 Mode_7

Table 158: Advanced register: Format_7 mode mapping
Additional Format_7
modes Firmware 3.x adds additional Format_7 modes. Now you can add some special
Format_7 modes that are notcovered by the IIDC standard. These special modes
implement binning and sub-sampling.
To stay as close as possible to the IIDC standard the Format_7 modes can bemapped into the register space of the standard Format_7 modes.
There are visible Format_7 modes and internal Format_7 modes:• At any time only 8 Format_7 modes can be accessed by a host computer.
• Visible Format_7 modes are numbered from 0 to 7.
• Internal Format_7 modes are numbered from 0 to 27.
Format_7 Mode_0 represents the mode with the maximum resolution of thecamera: this visible mode cannot be mapped to any other internal mode.
The remaining visible Format_7 Mode_1 ... Mode_7 can be mapped to any internal Format_7 mode.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

301

Configuration of the camera

ExampleTo map the internal Format_7 Mode_19 to the visible Format_7 Mode_1, write
the decimal number 19 to the above listed F7MODE_1 register.
Note

For available Format_7 modes see .

Setting the F7MODE_x register to:••-1 forces the camera to use the factory defined mode
-2 disables the respective Format_7 mode (no mapping isapplied)After setup of personal Format_7 mode mappings you have toreset the camera. The mapping is performed during the camera
startup only.

Low noise binning mode (2 x and 4 x binning)This register enables/disables low noise binning mode.
An average (and not a sum) of the luminance values is calculated within the
FPGA.
The image is darker than with the usual binning mode but the signal to noise
ratio is better (approximately a factor of 2 ).
Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF10005B0

LOW_NOISE_BINNING Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

Low noise binning mode on/off---[7..31]

Reserved

Table 159: Advanced register: Low noise binning mode

Secure image signature (SIS)
Definition

Secure image signature (SIS) is the synonym for data, that is inserted into an
image to improve or check image integrity.
All Stingray models can, for example, insert into a selectable line position within
the image:• Cycle time (1394 bus cycle time at the beginning of integration)• Frame counter (frames read out of the sensor)• Trigger counter (external trigger seen only)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

302

Configuration of the camera

Frame counter and trigger counter are available as advanced registers to beread out directly.
Advanced register: SIS
The SIS feature is controlled by the following advanced feature register:
NoteThis register is different to the Marlin time stamp (600)register!

RegisterName

0xF1000630 SIS

0xF1000634

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)---[1..5]

Reserved

ON_OFF[6]

SIS mode on/off---[7.. 15]

Reserved

LineNo[16..31] SIS data position inside an image

UserValue[0..31]

User provided value for sequencemode to be placed into the SIS areaof an image

Table 160: Advanced register: secure image signature (SIS)
Enabling this feature, SIS data will be inserted into any captured image. The sizeof SIS data depends on the selected SIS format.
The LineNo field indicates at which line the SIS data will be inserted.
SIS: Position in the image
Enter a• positive value from 0...HeightOfImage to specify a position relative to the
top of the image. LinePos=0 specifies the very first image line.
• negative value from -1...-HeightOfImage to specify a position relative tothe bottom of the image. LinePos=-1 specifies the very last image line.
SIS UserValue can be written into the camera’s image. In sequence mode forevery sequence entry an own SIS UserValue can be written.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

303

Configuration of the camera

Note

SIS outside the visible image area:For certain Format_7 modes the image frame transported may
contain padding (filling) data at the end of the transported
frame. Setting LinePos = HeightOfImage places SIS in thispadding data area, outside the visible area (invisible SIS).
If the transported image frame does not contain any padding
data the camera will not relocate the SIS to the visible area
automatically (no SIS).
Take in mind that the accuracy of SIS might be affected by asynchronous traffic – mainly if image settings are changed.

Note

•



•
•

•

The IEEE 1394 cycle time will be inserted into the very
first 4 bytes of a line.
Cycle time is a structure and not really a counter in its
first meaning.
Cycle time has the three components:– Cycle offset– Cycles– Seconds
Cycle time is a nested counter: see table below.

FeatureCycle offset

CyclesSeconds

Bit depth

12 bit13 bit

7 bit

Range

0 .. 3071 cycle offsets

0 .. 7999 cycles

0 .. 127 seconds

Frequency

24.576 MHz  40.69 ns

8000 Hz  125 μs

1 Hz  1 s

Table 161: Structure of cycle time
Examples: cycle time
The following three examples allow you:
• A: to access cycle time either via UniAPI or via byte array• B: to extract cycle offset, cycles and seconds• C: to combine cycle offset/cycles/seconds to a valid time

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

304

Configuration of the camera

Example Example code and description
A

nCycleTime can be accessed:•using the SIS structure S_SIS_DATA of the UniAPI:
nCycleTime = * (UINT32 *) &Sis[0];•using byte array: If you can access the image buffer as an array of bytes you can assemble the first four bytes of the image buffer (assuming that the SIS is in the first row):nCycleTime = data[0] + (data[1]<<8) +(data[2]<<16) + (data[3]<<24);

B

This Cycle time can be devided into its components:
nCtSeconds = ((nCycleTime & 0xFE000000) >> 25;

C

nCtCycles= ((nCycleTime & 0x01FFF000) >> 12;nCtOffset=

nCycleTime & 0x00000FFF;

These values can be combined
dTime = nCtSeconds +nCtCycles / 8000 +nCtOffset / 24576000;
Table 162: Examples: cycle time
Advanced register: frame counter
Note

Different to Marlin SIS:Register 610 is only to be used to reset the frame counter.

The frame counter feature is controlled by the following advanced feature register:
RegisterName

0xF1000610 FRMCNT_STAMP

0xF1000614 FRMCNT

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

Reset

[1]

Reset frame counter---[2..31]

Reserved[0..31]

Frame counter

Table 163: Advanced register: Frame counter

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

305

Configuration of the camera

Having this feature enabled, the current frame counter value (images read outof the sensor, equivalent to # FrameValid) will be inserted as a 32-bit integer
value into any captured image.
Setting the Reset flag to 1 resets the frame counter to 0: the Reset flag is selfcleared.
Note

The 4 bytes of the frame counter value will be inserted as the
5th to 8th byte of a line.

Additionally, there is a register for direct read out of the frame counter value.
Advanced register: trigger counter
The trigger counter feature is controlled by the following advanced feature register:
RegisterName

0xF1000620 TRIGGER_COUNTER

0xF1000624 TRGCNT

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

Reset

[1]

Reset trigger counter---[2..31]

Reserved

TriggerCounter[0..31]

Trigger counter

Table 164: Advanced register: Trigger counter
Having this feature enabled, the current trigger counter value (external trigger
seen by hardware) will be inserted as a 32-bit integer value into any captured
image.
Setting the Reset flag to 1 resets the trigger counter to 0: the Reset flag is selfcleared.
The ON_OFF and LinePos fields are simply mirrors of the SIS feature. Settings ofthese fields are applied to all SIS features.
Note

The 4 bytes of the trigger counter value will be inserted as the
9th to 12th byte of a line.

Additionally, there is a register for direct read out of the trigger counter value.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

306

Configuration of the camera

Where to find cycle time, frame counter and trigger counterin the image
Cycle time
1

2

3

4









Trigger counter
5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 .. .. .

Output line
of image.

Frame counter
Bytes
Figure 112: SIS in the image: cycle time, frame counter, trigger counter
Where to find all SIS values in the image

The following table presents the position of all SIS values (byte for byte) including the endianness of SIS values. (Here SIS has 48 bytes.)
Cycle time [7..0]

Cycle time [15..8]

Byte 1

Frame counter [7..0]
Byte 5

Trigger counter [7..0]

Byte 3

Byte 4

Frame counter [15..8]

Frame counter [23..16]

Frame counter [31..24]

Byte 6

Byte 7

Byte 8Trigger counter [15..8]
Byte 10

AOI left [7..0]

AOI left [15..8]
Byte 14

AOI width [7..0]

AOI width [15..8]

Byte 17

Shutter [7..0]
Byte 21

Gain [7..0]

Byte 29

Byte 33

Byte 37

Byte 41

Byte45

Byte 15

Byte 16

AOI height [7..0]

AOI height [15..8]
Shutter [31..24]

Byte 22

Byte 23

Byte 24

Reserved [NULL]

Reserved [NULL]

Byte 27

Byte 28

Output State_2 [7..0]
Input State_2 [7..0]
Reserved [NULL]
Serial number [15..8]
Byte 42

SIS user value [7..0]

AOI top [15..8]

Shutter [23..16]

Byte 38

Serial number [7..0]

AOI top [7..0]

Shutter [15..8]

Byte 34

SequenceIndex [7..0]

Byte 12

Byte 20

Byte 30

Input State_1 [7..0]

Byte 11

Byte 19

Byte 26

Output State_1 [7..0]

Trigger counter [23..16] Trigger counter [31..24]

Byte 18

Gain [15..8]

Byte 25

Cycle time [31..24]

Byte 2Byte 9Byte 13

Cycle time [23..16]

SIS user value [15..8]
Byte46

Output State_3 [7..0]

Output State_4 [7..0]

Byte 31

Byte 32

Reserved [NULL]

Reserved [NULL]

Byte 35

Byte 36

ColorCoding [NULL]

Reserved [NULL]

Byte 39

Byte 40

Serial number [23..16]

Serial number [31..24]

Byte 43

Byte 44

SIS user value [23..16]

SIS user value [31..24]

Byte47

Byte48

Table 165: All SIS values (increasing order of transmitted pixels)
Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

307

Configuration of the camera

Software feature control (disable LEDs)
The software feature control register allows to enable/disable some features of
the camera (e.g. disable LEDs). The settings are stored permanently within thecamera and do not depend on any user set.
RegisterName

0xF1000640 SWFEATURE_CTRL

Field

Bit

Description

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

BlankLED_Inq[1]

Indicates presence of Disable LEDs
feature---[2..15]Reserved

---

[16]

Reserved

BlankLED[17]

0: Behavior as described in Chapter
Status LEDs on page 88 et seq.
1: Disable LEDs. (The LEDs will stillshow error codes.)---[18..31] Reserved

Table 166: Advanced register: Software feature control (disable LEDs)
Disable LEDs
• To disable LEDs set bit [17] to 1.
• To disable LEDs in SmartView:
Adv3 tab, activate Disable LED functionality check box.
The camera does not show any more the status indicators during normal operation:
Examples:• Power on is not shown• Isochronous traffic is not shown• Asynchronous traffic is not shown
Note

During the startup of the camera and if an error condition ispresent, the LEDs behave as described in Chapter Status LEDs
on page 88.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

308

Configuration of the camera

User profiles
Definition

Within the IIDC specification user profiles are called memory channels, known
as user sets. These are different expressions for the following: storing camera
settings into a non-volatile memory inside the camera.
User profiles can be programmed with the following advanced feature register:

Offset

Name

Field

Bit

Description

0xF1000550

USER_PROFILE

Presence_Inq[0]

Indicates presence of this feature(read only)

Error

[1]

An error occurred---[2..6]

Reserved

Busy

[7]

Save/Load in progress

Save

[8]

Save settings to profile

Load

[9]

Load settings from profile

SetDefaultID[10]

Set Profile ID as default---[11..19]

Reserved

ErrorCode[20..23]

Error code
See Table 168: on page 310.

---

[24..27]

Reserved

ProfileID[28..31]

ProfileID (memory channel)

Table 167: Advanced register: User profiles
In general, this advanced register is a wrapper around the standard memory
channel registers with some extensions. In order to query the number of available user profiles please check the Memory_Channel field of the BASIC_FUNC_INQ register at offset 0x400 (see IIDC V1.31 for details).
The ProfileID is equivalent to the memory channel number and specifies the
profile number to store settings to or to restore settings from. In any case profile#0 is the hard-coded factory profile and cannot be overwritten.
After an initialization command, startup or reset of the camera, the ProfileID
also indicates which profile was loaded on startup, reset, or initialization.
Note

•



•

The default profile is the profile that is loaded on powerup or an INITIALIZE command.
A save or load operation delays the response of the camera until the operation is completed. At a time only one
operation can be performed.

Store To store the current camera settings into a profile:1.

Write the desired ProfileID with the SaveProfile flag set.
Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

309

Configuration of the camera

2.

Read back the register and check the ErrorCode field.

Restore To restore the settings from a previous stored profile:Set default

1.

Write the desired ProfileID with the RestoreProfile flag set.

2.

Read back the register and check the ErrorCode field.

To set the default profile to be loaded on startup, reset or initialization:
1.

Write the desired ProfileID with the SetDefaultID flag set.

2.

Read back the register and check the ErrorCode field.

Error codes
ErrorCode #Description

0x00

No error

0x01

Profile data corrupted

0x02

Camera not idle during restore operation

0x03

Feature not available (feature not present)

0x04

Profile does not exist

0x05

ProfileID out of range

0x06

Restoring the default profile failed

0x07

Loading LUT data failed

0x08

Storing LUT data failed
Table 168: User profiles: Error codes

Reset of error codes
The ErrorCode field is set to zero on the next write access.
Other ways to reset the ErrorCode:• Writing to the USER_PROFILE register with the SaveProfile, RestoreProfile and SetDefaultID flag not set.
• Writing 00000000h to the USER_PROFILE register.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

310

Configuration of the camera

Stored settings
The following table shows the settings stored inside a profile:Standard registers

Standard registers(Format_7)

Advanced registers

Cur_V_Frm_Rate
Cur_V_Mode
Cur_V_Format
ISO_Channel
ISO_Speed
BRIGHTNESSAUTO_EXPOSURE (Target grey level)
SHARPNESS
WHITE_BALANCE (+ auto on/off)
HUE (+ hue on)
SATURATION (+ saturation on)
GAMMA (+ gamma on)
SHUTTER (+ auto on/off)
GAIN
TRIGGER_MODE
TRIGGER_POLARITY
TRIGGER_DELAY
ABS_GAINIMAGE_POSITION (AOI)
IMAGE_SIZE (AOI)
COLOR_CODING_IDBYTES_PER_PACKETTIMEBASE
EXTD_SHUTTERIO_INP_CTRL
IO_OUTP_CTRL
IO_INTENA_DELAY
AUTOSHUTTER_CTRL
AUTOSHUTTER_LO
AUTOSHUTTER_HI
AUTOGAIN_CTRL
AUTOFNC_AOI (+ on/off)
COLOR_CORR (on/off + color correction
coefficients)
TRIGGER_DELAYMIRROR_IMAGE
HIGH_SNR
LUT_CTRL (on/off + LUT + LutNo)
SHDG_CTRL (on/off + ShowImage)
DEFERRED_TRANS (HoldImg +NumOfImages)

Table 169: User profile: stored settings
The user can specify which user profile will be loaded upon startup of the camera.
This frees the user software from having to restore camera settings, that differ
from default, after every startup. This can be helpful if third party software isused which may not give easy access to certain advanced features or may notprovide efficient commands for quick writing of data blocks into the camera.
Note

•



•

•
•

•

A profile save operation automatically disables capturingof images.
A profile save or restore operation is an uninterruptable(atomic) operation. The write response (of the asynchronous write cycle) will be sent after completion of theoperation.
Restoring a profile will not overwrite other settings thanlisted above.
If a restore operation fails or the specified profile does
not exist, all registers will be overwritten with the hardcoded factory defaults (profile #0).
Data written to this register will not be reflected in thestandard memory channel registers.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

311

Configuration of the camera

Pulse-width modulation (PWM): Stingray
housing and board level cameras
Note

See Table 30: on page 99.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

312Configuration of the camera

GPDATA_BUFFERGPDATA_BUFFER is a general purpose register that regulates the exchange ofdata between camera and host for:• writing look-up tables (LUTs) into the camera• uploading/downloading of the shading image
GPDATA_INFO Buffer size query
GPDATA_BUFFER indicates the actual storage range
RegisterName

0xF1000FFC GPDATA_INFO

0xF1001000

Field

Bit

Description---[0..15]Reserved

BufferSize[16..31]Size of GPDATA_BUFFER(byte)GPDATA_BUFFER…
0xF10017FC
Table 170: Advanced register: GPData buffer
Note



•
•

Read the BufferSize before using.
GPDATA_BUFFER can be used by only one function at atime.

Little endian vs. big endian byte order• To read or write more than 4 byte data, Read/WriteBlock accesses to
GPDATA_BUFFER are recommended. This increases the transfer speed compared to accessing every single quadlet.
• Each quadlet of the local buffer, containing the LUT data or shading image
for instance, has to be swapped bytewise from little endian byte order tobig endian byte order before writing on the bus. The reason for this is thedifference between the big endian byte order and the little endian byteorder of the 1394 bus on common operating systems (Intel PC).
Bit depth

little endian  big endian

Description

8 bit

L0 L1 L2 L3

 L3 L2 L1 L0

L: low byte

16 bitL0 H0 L1 H1  H1 L1 H0 L0

H: high byte

Table 171: Swapped first quadlet at address offset 0

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

313

Firmware update

Firmware update
Firmware updates can be carried out via FireWire cable without opening the camera.
Note

Should you need detailed support to use this feature, pleasecontact support@alliedvision.com.

Extended version number (FPGA/μC)
The new extended version number for microcontroller and FPGA firmware has thefollowing format (4 parts separated by periods; each part consists of two digits):
Special.Major.Minor.Bugfix
orxx.xx.xx.xx
Digit

Description

1st part: Special

Omitted if zero
Indicates customer specific versions(OEM variants). Each customer has its
own number.

2nd part: Major

Indicates big changes
Old: represented the number before
the dot

3rd part: Minor

Indicates small changes
Old: represented the number after thedot

4th part: Bugfix

Indicates bugfixing only (no changesof a feature) or build number

Table 172: New version number (microcontroller and FPGA)

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

314

Appendix

AppendixSensor position accuracy of Stingray cameras

camera body

pixel area

pixel areaycamera bodyDsensor casesensor casex

Figure 113: Sensor position accuracy

Criteria

Subject

Method of Positioning
Reference Points
Accuracy

Properties
Optical alignment of the photo sensitive sensor area into
the camera front module (lens mount front flange)

SensorCenter of the pixel area (photo sensitive cells)

CameraCenter of the lens mountx/y+/- 0.1 mm (sensor shift)z+0/-50 μm (optical back focal length)

α+/-0.5° (center rotation as the deviation from the parallelto the camera bottom)

Table 173: Criteria of Allied Vision sensor position accuracy

Note



x/y tolerances between C-Mount hole and pixel area may behigher.

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

315Index
Index
Index

Index
Numbers
0xF1000010 (version info) ........................272
0xF1000040 (advanced feature inquiry) .......274
0xF1000100 (camera status)......................276
0xF1000200 (max. resolution) ...................277
0xF1000208 (time base) ...........................277
0xF100020C (extended shutter) ..........181, 279
0xF1000210 (test image) ..........................280
0xF1000220 (sequence mode) ...................189
0xF1000240 (LUT) ...................................281
0xF1000250 (shading) .............................283
0xF1000260 (deferred image transport).......286
0xF1000270 (frame info) ..........................286
0xF1000274 (frame counter) .....................286
0xF1000298 (DPC_CTRL) ...........................287
0xF1000300 (input control)........................ 91
0xF1000340 (Delayed IntEna) ....................289
0xF1000360 (auto shutter control) .............290
0xF1000370 (auto gain control) .................291
0xF1000390 (autofunction AOI) .................292
0xF10003A0 (color correction)...................293
0xF1000400 (trigger delay) .......................294
0xF1000410 (mirror image) .......................294
0xF1000510 (soft reset)............................295
0xF1000520 (High SNR)............................296
0xF1000550 (user profiles/memory channels/
user sets)...............................................309
0xF1000560 (Max. ISO size S400) ...............297
0xF1000564 (Max. ISO size S800) ...............297
0xF1000570 (update timing modes) ............299
0xF10005B0 (low noise binning mode) ........302
0xF1000610 (frame counter) .....................305
0xF1000620 (trigger counter) ....................306
0xF1000630 (SIS)....................................303
0xF1000640 (software feature control)
disable LEDs......................................308
0xF1000840 (debounce) ...........................179
0xF1000FFC (GPData buffer) ......................313
0xF1100000 (Parameter-List Update) ..........300
1394a data transmission ............................ 31
1394bbandwidths........................................ 361394b data transmission............................ 32
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling (b/w)

drawing ...........................................145
2 out of 4 H+V sub-sampling (color)drawing ...........................................146
2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (b/w)
drawing ...........................................145
2 out of 8 H+V sub-sampling (color)drawing ...........................................146
2 x full binningdrawing ...........................................140
2 x horizontal binningdrawing ...........................................139
2 x vertical binningdrawing ...........................................137
64 MByte FIFO
Stingray F-504 .............................53, 156
66201
h2

Sensor position accuracy of Stingray
cameras315
8 x full binningdrawing ...........................................141
8 x horizontal binningdrawing ...........................................139

A
Abs_Control (Field)110, 114, 116, 117, 119, 268
Abs_Control_Inq (Field) ............................ 92
accessbinning and sub-sampling ...................147
AccessLutNo (Field) .................................281
Access_Control_Register ..........................257
accuracy
sensor position..................................315
AddrOffset (Field)............................. 281, 284
Advanced feature inquiry ..........................274
Advanced feature inquiry (advanced register)274
Advanced features ...................................269
activate ...........................................271
base address .....................................257
inquiry.............................................255
advanced register
Advanced feature inquiry.....................274
Auto gain control...............................291
Auto shutter control ...........................290
Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

316

IndexIndex
Index

Autofunction AOI ...............................292
Camera status....................................276
Color correction.................................293
defect pixel correction ........................287
Deferred image transport.....................286
Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna)......289
Extended shutter ........................181, 279
Extended version ...............................272
Format_7 mode mapping .....................301
frame counter ...................................305
Frame information .............................286
GPData buffer....................................313
High SNR..........................................296
Input control ..................................... 91
Low noise binning mode ......................302
low noise binning mode ......................302
LUT .................................................281
Max. ISO packet .................................297
Max. resolution .................................277
Mirror ..............................................294
Mirror image .....................................294
Output control.................................... 96
Parameter-List Update ........................300
Sequence mode .................................189
Shading ...........................................283
Soft reset .........................................295
Test images.......................................280
Time base .........................................277
Trigger counter..................................306
Trigger delay .....................................294
Update timing modes..........................299
User profiles .....................................309
algorithm
correction data..................................123
AOI ................................................124, 217
correction data..................................124
appendix ...............................................315
area of interest (AOI) ........................124, 219
asynchronous broadcast ...........................185
auto exposure
limits...............................................290
target grey level .........................118, 290
Auto Exposure (CSR register) .....................117
auto gain ........................................115, 290
Auto gain control (advanced register)..........291
auto shutter ............................. 113, 114, 290
Auto shutter control (advanced register)......290
auto white balance ..................................112
external trigger .................................112

AUTOFNC_AOI .................................. 113, 292
AUTOFNC_AOI positioning .........................113
Autofunction AOI (advanced register)..........292
AUTOGAIN_CTRL ......................................291
automatic generation
correction data..................................123
AUTOSHUTTER_CTRL .................................290
AUTOSHUTTER_HI ....................................290
AUTOSHUTTER_LO....................................290
AUTO_EXPOSURE .....................................117
Auto_Inq ................................................ 92
A_M_MODE (Field)........110, 114, 116, 117, 119Bbandwidth .............................................199
affect frame rate ................................233
available ..........................................221
deferred image transport.....................156
FastCapture ......................................159
RGB8 format .....................................166
save in RAW-mode..............................160
BAYER demosaicing........................... 160, 164
BAYER mosaic .........................................160
BAYER to RGB
color interpretation............................160
binning .................................................136
access..............................................147
full..................................................140
horizontal ........................................139
only Stingray b/w ..............................136
vertical ............................................137
BitsPerValue...........................................281
black level .............................................118
black value.............................................118
black/white camera
block diagram ...................................108
block diagram
b/w camera ......................................108
color camera .....................................109
block diagrams
cameras ...........................................108
BRIGHTNESS .................................... 119, 263
Brightness
inquiry register..................................256
brightness
auto shutter......................................114
average............................................115
decrease ..........................................290

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

317

IndexIndex
Index

descending .......................................194
effects .............................................188
IIDC register .....................................118
increase ....................................118, 290
level.........................................122, 125
LUT .................................................128
nonlinear .........................................128
reference...................................114, 115setting.............................................118
sub-sampling ....................................141
variation ..........................................289
Brightness Control...................................256
Brightness (CSR register) ..........................119
BRIGHTNESS_INQUIRY ..............................258
Brightness_inq. ......................................258
buffer
LUT .................................................129
BuildDPData flag .....................................133
advanced register ..............................287
bulk trigger .....................................172, 173bulk trigger (Trigger_Mode_15) .................173
busy signal.............................................. 94
Bus_Id ..................................................237

C
camera dimensions ................................... 63
1394b, 1 x GOF, 1 x copper .................... 65
2 x 1394b copper ................................ 64
camera interfaces ..................................... 84
camera lenses .......................................... 82
Camera status (advanced register) ..............276
camerasblock diagram ...................................108
CAMERA_STATUS .....................................276
Camera_Status_Register ...........................237
CE.......................................................... 29
channel .................................................102
color camera
block diagram ...................................109
color coding ...........................................154
color codings..........................................154
color correction ........................ 160, 164, 165
Allied Vision cameras ..........................164
formula............................................164
why? ...............................................164
Color correction (advanced register) ...........293
Color correction (Field).............................274
color information ....................................160

Color_Coding..........................................154
COLOR_CODING_INQ ................................154
common GND
inputs............................................... 86
common vcc
outputs............................................. 86
consequence
BAYER demosaicing ............................161
continuous
using Trigger_Mode_15.......................175
controlling
image capture ...................................172
correction
color ...............................................160
correction data
algorithm .........................................123
AOI .................................................124
automatic generation .........................123
requirements ....................................123
shading ...........................................121
CSR.......................................................237
shutter ............................................114
CSR register
Auto Exposure ...................................117
Brightness........................................119
GAIN ...............................................116
Temperature .....................................268
cycle time
examples..........................................305
structure ..........................................304
cycle time (SIS)......................... 197, 302, 304

Ddaisy chain.............................................. 28
data block packet format...........................102
description .......................................102
data exchange buffer
LUT .................................................129
data packets ...........................................102
data path ...............................................108
data payload size................................36, 233
data_length ...........................................102
DCAM ........................................27, 199, 237
debounce time
for input ports...................................179
debounce time for trigger..........................178
debounce (advanced registers summary)......271
declaration of conformity........................... 29

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

318

IndexIndex
Index

default sequence mode .............................191
defect pixel correction
advanced register ..............................287
build and store ..................................132
building defect pixel data ....................133
calculated mean value ........................287
data storing mechanism ......................135
max. 2000 defect pixels.......................288
mechanisms......................................130
defect pixel correction (advanced register)...287
defect pixel correction (DPC) .....................287
deferred image transport ...................156, 286
Deferred image transport (advanced register) .....
286
deferred transport ...................................194
Delayed Integration Enable (IntEna) (advanced
register) ................................................289
DelayTime ..............................................289
Digital Camera Specification (DCAM) ...........237
digital video information ..........................102
digitizer.................................................128
direct fiber technology .............................. 28
disableLEDs ................................................308
disable LEDs
software feature control ......................308
document history ..................................... 12
DPC data
storing mechanism.............................135
DPC (defect pixel correction) .....................287
DPC_CTRL...............................................287
DPC_INFO...............................................288
DPC_MEM...............................................288
DPDataSize
defect pixel data size (max. 2000) .........288

Eedge mode (Trigger_Mode_0) ...............94, 172
effective min. exp. time ............................180
EnableMemWR (Field)...............................281
Encapsulated Update (begin/end) .......151, 152
End of exposure ......................................184
error codeuser profiles......................................310
error codes
LED .................................................. 89
example (parameter list)...........................300
examplescycle time.........................................305
ExpOffset ...............................................278
Exposure time
(Field) .............................................181
exposure time.........................................180
81 Ch register....................................181
example...........................................180
extended shutter ...............................279
FIFO ................................................192
formula............................................180
longest ............................................181
long-term integration.........................181
minimum..........................................180
Exposure time offset ................................180
ExpTime (Field) .......................................181
EXTD_SHUTTER........................................279
extended shutter.....................................181
FireDemo..........................................279
FireView ...........................................279
inactive..................................... 181, 279
register............................................279
trigger mode.....................................172
Extended shutter (advanced register) ... 181, 279
Extended version (advanced register)..........272
EXTENDED_SHUTTER.................................181
External GND ........................................... 86
external signal (SeqMode) ........................191
external trigger........................................ 90

F
Fast Parameter Update Timing............. 152, 153
FastCapture
bandwidth ........................................159
deferred image transport.....................286
false................................................159
only Format_7...................................159
FastCapture (Field) ..................................286
FCC Class B .............................................. 29
fiber technology....................................... 28
FIFO
Stingray F-504 with 64 MByte ..........53, 156
FireDemo
extended shutter ...............................279
FirePackage
OHCI API software ............................... 26
Firepackage
additional checks image integrity..........198
Firetool program .....................................194

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

319

IndexIndex
Index

FireView
extended shutter ...............................279
FireWireconnecting capabilities ........................ 32
definition .......................................... 30
serial bus .......................................... 31
FireWire 400 ............................................ 33
FireWire 800 ............................................ 33
firmware update ......................................314
focal length............................................. 82
Format_7 mode mapping (advanced register)301
Format_7 modes
mapping ..........................................148
FORMAT_7_ERROR_1 ................................. 89
FORMAT_7_ERROR_2 ................................. 89
formulacolor correction .................................164
FOV.......................................................120
FPGA boot error........................................ 89
frame counter ..................................197, 305
frame counter (advanced register) ..............305
frame counter (SIS) .................................302
Frame information (advanced register) ........286
frame rates.............................................199
bus speed .........................................200
Format_7 .........................................224
maximum .........................................199
tables ..............................................220
video mode 0 ....................................223
video mode 2 ....................................223
Frame valid ............................................. 94
FrameCounter .........................................286
free-run.................................................185
full binning ............................................140
Fval ....................................................... 94
Fval signal .............................................. 94G
gain
auto ................................................115
auto exposure CSR..............................115
AUTOFNC_AOI....................................113
manual ............................................118
manual gain range ......................111, 118
ranges .............................................118
gain CSR ................................................118
GAIN (CSR register)..................................116
GAIN (name) ..........................................116

GAIN (register) .......................................111
gamma function ......................................128
CCD models.......................................124
gamma LUT ............................................128
global pipelined shutter ...........................172
global shutter.........................................172
GND for RS232 ......................................... 86
GOF camera
LED (asynchronous traffic).................... 89
LED (GOF signal detect)........................ 89
GPData buffer (advanced register) ..............313
GPDATA_BUFFER ....................... 126, 127, 129
GRAB_COUNT ..........................................123

H
hardware trigger ................................93, 177
HDR mode..............................................274
high level (SeqMode) ...............................191
High Signal Noise Ratio (HSNR)..................155
High SNR mode .......................................155
High SNR (advanced register) ....................296
HoldImg
field ................................................157
flag .................................................157
mode...............................................157
set ..................................................286
HoldImg (Field) ......................................286
horizontal binning...................................139
horizontal mirror function.........................120
horizontal sub-sampling (b/w)
drawing ...........................................142
horizontal sub-sampling (color)drawing ...........................................142
HSNR ....................................................155
hue.......................................................163
offset ..............................................163

I
ID
color coding .....................................154
IEEE 1394 ............................................... 27
IEEE 1394 standards.................................. 30
IEEE 1394 Trade Association ......................237
IEEE 1394b connector................................ 84
IIDC ................................... 27, 104, 199, 237
data structure ............................ 106, 107
isochronous data block packet format ....102

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

320IndexIndex
Index

pixel data .........................................102
trigger delay ...................................... 92
video data format...............................103
YUV 4:1:1 ........................... 103, 104, 105
YUV 4:2:2 ........................... 103, 104, 105
IIDC V1.31..............................................172
IIDC V1.31 camera control standards ............ 33
image capture
controlling .......................................172
ImageRepeat ..........................................193
IMAGE_POSITION.....................................217
IMAGE_SIZE............................................217
incrementing list pointer ..........................188
input
block diagram .................................... 90
signals.............................................. 90
Input control (advanced register) ................ 91
input mode ............................................. 91
InputMode (Field) .................................... 91
inputscommon GND ..................................... 86
general ............................................. 90
in detail ............................................ 90
triggers............................................. 90
input/output pin control...........................288
inquiry
software trigger .................................259
trigger source 0 .................................259
Inquiry registerbasic function ...................................255
Integration Enable signal........................... 94
IntEna............................................... 86, 98
IntEna signal .....................................94, 289
IntEna_Delay........................................... 99
IntEna_Out ............................................289
internal trigger .......................................172
interpolation
BAYER demosaicing .....................160, 161
BAYER to RGB ....................................160
color ...............................................160
IO_INP_CTRL1.......................................... 91
IO_INP_CTRL2.......................................... 91
IO_INP_DEBOUNCE ..................................271
IO_OUTP_CTRL1 ....................................... 96
IO_OUTP_CTRL2 ....................................... 96
IO_OUTP_CTRL3 ....................................... 96
IO_OUTP_CTRL4 ....................................... 96
isochronous blocks ..................................102
isochronous channel number .....................102

isochronous data block packet format..........102
isochronous data packets ..........................102
Isochronous Resource Manager (IRM)..........298
IsoEnable ..............................................194
white balance....................................112
ISO_Enable ............................................185
ISO_Enable mode ....................................185
multi-shot ........................................185
one-shot ..........................................182
I/O controlled sequence pointer reset .........193
I/O controlled sequence stepping mode.......193

J
jitter .............................................. 184, 186
at exposure start................................187

Llatching connectors .................................. 84LED
asynchronous traffic (GOF).................... 89
error codes ........................................ 89
GOF signal detect ................................ 89
indication.......................................... 89
status ............................................... 88
LEDsdisable ............................................308
Legal notice .............................................. 2
level mode (Trigger_Mode_1) ....................172
look-up table (LUT)........................... 128, 281
user-defined .....................................128
Low noise binning mode (advanced register) 302
low noise binning mode (advanced register) .302
LUT.......................................................281
data exchange buffer ..........................129
example...........................................128
gamma ............................................128
general ............................................128
loading into camera ...........................129
volatile ............................................128
LUT (advanced register)............................281
LutNo....................................................281
LutNo (Field) ..........................................281
LUT_CTRL...............................................281
LUT_INFO...............................................281
LUT_MEM_CTRL .......................................281

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

321

Index
Index
Index

M
Manual_Inq............................................. 92
Maximum resolution (Register) ..................277
MaxLutSize (Field) ...................................281
MaxResolution (Field) ..............................274
MaxSize (Field) .......................................288
MaxValue ...............................................291
MAX_RESOLUTION....................................277
Max_Value .............................................. 92
Max. ISO packet (advanced register)............297
Max. resolution (advanced register) ............277
Meandefect pixel mean value.......................287
Memory channel
error codes .......................................285
memory channels ....................................309
memory channels (user profiles).................309
Minimum exposure time ............................180
MinValue ...............................................291
Min_Value............................................... 92
Min. exp. time + offset ..............................180
mirror function
horizontal ........................................120
Mirror image (advanced register)................294
Mirror (advanced register).........................294
MSB aligned ...........................................102
multi-shot.......................................185, 194
external trigger .................................185
using Trigger_Mode_15.......................175

N
No DCAM object ........................................ 89
No FLASH object ....................................... 89
Node_Id ................................................237
non-uniform illumination..........................122
NumOfLuts .............................................281
NumOfLuts (Field) ...................................281

O
OFFSET
automatic white balance .....................111
offset ....................................................180800h ...............................................118
CCD .................................................118
configuration ROM .............................241
factors .............................................241
hue .................................................163

initialize register ...............................244
inquiry register video format ................244
inquiry register video mode..................245
saturation ........................................163
setting brightness..............................118
setting gain ......................................118
OHCI API
FirePackage ....................................... 26
one-push white balance..................... 111, 112
one-shot................................................182
Trigger_Mode_15...............................172
using Trigger_Mode_15.......................175
values..............................................183
one-shot bit ...........................................182
one-shot mode .......................................182
One_Push (Field)..........110, 114, 116, 117, 119
One_Push_Inq ......................................... 92
ON_OFF .................................................. 92
ON_OFF (Field)........................................110
optocoupler ............................................ 90
outputblock diagram .................................... 95
signals.............................................. 94
Output control ......................................... 96
Output control (advanced register) .............. 96
output impulse diagram
WaitingForTrigger ............................... 98
output mode............................................ 95
ID .................................................... 97
Output mode (Field).................................. 96
output pin control .................................... 97
outputs .................................................. 94
common vcc....................................... 86
general ............................................. 90
registers ........................................... 95
set by software ................................... 99
OutVCC ................................................... 86

P
Packed 12-Bit Mode .................................154
Packed 12-Bit MONO.................................154
Packed 12-Bit RAW...................................154
packet format .........................................102
parameter list
example...........................................152
parameter list (example) ..........................300
Parameter-List Update................ 151, 152, 153
Parameter-List Update (advanced register)...300

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

322

IndexIndex
Index

PI controller ...........................................115
pin control .............................................288
PinState flag............................................ 95
PinState (Field)........................................ 91
pixel data ..............................................102
plus integral controller.............................115
pointer reset ..........................................188
Polarity (Field).................................... 91, 96
PowerIEEE 1394b ........................................ 84
power
GND.................................................. 86
presence
software trigger .................................259
trigger source 0 .................................259
Presence_Inq........................................... 91
Presence_Inq (Field)...........................92, 110
programmable mode (Trigger_Mode_15) .....172
pulse-width modulation
signal ............................................... 94
PulseWidthMod signal ............................... 94

Q
QFCM.....................................................150
Quick Format Change Mode.................149, 152(QFCM)............................... 150, 152, 153
Quick parameter change timing modes.........149

R
read value
trigger input .....................................259
Readout_Inq ........................................... 92
Register mapping (error code) .................... 89
repeat counter ........................................188
Requirements
correction data..................................123
RGB to YUV
formula............................................166
RGB8 format ...........................................166
rising edge (SeqMode)..............................191
RoHS (2011/65/EU).................................. 29
RS232 .................................................... 86
RxD_RS232 ............................................. 86Ssaturation ..............................................163
offset ..............................................163

secure image signature (SIS)
definition .........................................197
scenarios..........................................197
Sensor position accuracy...........................315
Sensor position accuracy of Stingray cameras 315
SeqLength .............................................194
SeqModedescription .......................................191
sequencedeferred mode...................................158
important notes.................................194
modified registers ..............................188
of images .........................................188
one-push white balance ......................112
OneShot...........................................182
sequence mode .......................................188
cancel..............................................194changes to registers ...........................196
default.............................................191
example of settings ............................195
features ...........................................193
flow diagram.....................................192
frame rate ........................................189
image size ........................................189
implemented ....................................189
pointer reset .....................................188
repeat counter ..................................188
Sequence mode (advanced register)............189
Sequence Reset........................................ 91
Sequence Step ......................................... 91
sequence step mode.................................190
SEQUENCE_CTRL ............................... 189, 269
SEQUENCE_PARAM ............................ 189, 269
SEQUENCE_STEP ............................... 190, 269
Seq_Length............................................194
shading
correction data..................................121
shading correction............................ 121, 283
shading image ........................................122
automatic generation .........................123
delay ...............................................124
Format_7 .........................................124
generation .......................................125
load into camera................................127
load out of camera .............................126
shading images .......................................283
shading reference image...........................123
Shading (advanced register)......................283
sharpness ..............................................162

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

323

IndexIndex
Index

SHDG_CTRL .....................................124, 283
SHDG_INFO ............................................284
SHDG_MEM_CTRL.....................................284
SHUTTER ................................................114
Shutter CSR ............................................114
shutter time
formula............................................180
SHUTTER_MODES .....................................172
signal-to noise ratio (SNR)
vertical binning .................................138
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR)........................136
signal-to-noise separation ........................136
single-shot mode ....................................194
SIS
advanced register ..............................303
cycle time........................... 197, 302, 304
definition .........................................197
frame counter ...................................302
scenarios...................................197, 198
trigger counter ...........................197, 302
SmartView............................................... 26
SNR ......................................................136
Soft reset (advanced register) ....................295
software feature control
disable LEDs......................................308
software trigger
inquiry.............................................259
write,read ........................................261
Software_Trigger (inquiry register) .............261
Software_Trigger_Inq ..............................259
specifications .......................................... 40
spectral sensitivity
Stingray F-033B.................................. 55
Stingray F-033C .................................. 55
Stingray F-046B.................................. 56
Stingray F-046C .................................. 56
Stingray F-080B.................................. 57
Stingray F-080C .................................. 57
Stingray F-145B.................................. 59
Stingray F-145C .................................. 59
Stingray F-146B.................................. 60
Stingray F-146C .................................. 60
Stingray F-201B............................. 61, 62
Stingray F-201C ............................. 61, 62
spectral transmission
Hoya C5000 ....................................... 81
IR cut filter ........................................ 81
Stack setup (error code)............................. 89
Stack start (error code).............................. 89

standard housing ..................................... 64
Standard Parameter Update Timing149, 150, 298
Standard Update (IIDC) ..................... 151, 153
status LED............................................... 88
Stingray Compact ..................................... 75
STINGRAY F-033B/C fiber (Specification) ....... 40
STINGRAY F-033B/C (Specification).............. 40
STINGRAY F-046B (Specification) ................. 42
STINGRAY F-046B (Specification) fiber .......... 42
STINGRAY F-080B/C (Specification).............. 43
STINGRAY F-080B/C (Specification) fiber ....... 43
STINGRAY F-125B/C (Specification).............. 45
STINGRAY F-125B/C (Specification) fiber ....... 45
STINGRAY F-145B/C fiber (Specification) ....... 47
STINGRAY F-145B/C (Specification).............. 47
STINGRAY F-146B fiber (Specification) .......... 49
STINGRAY F-146B (Specification) ................. 49
STINGRAY F-201B/C fiber (Specification) ....... 51
STINGRAY F-201B/C (Specification).............. 51
Stingray types.......................................... 28
stored settings
user profile.......................................311
structure
cycle time.........................................304
styles ..................................................... 25
sub-sampling
access..............................................147
brightness ........................................141b/w and color....................................141
definition .........................................141sy (sync bit) ...........................................102
symbols.................................................. 25
sync bit (sy) ...........................................102
synchronization value (sync bit).................102
system components .................................. 81

Ttag field ................................................102
target grey level
corresponds to Auto_exposure .............263
Target grey level (auto exposure) ........ 118, 290
Target grey level (SmartView)
corresponds to auto exposure...............114
tCode ....................................................102
TEMPERATURE .........................................268
Temperature (CSR register)........................268
test image..............................................235
Bayer-coded .....................................236

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

324

IndexIndex
Index

b/w cameras .....................................235
color ...............................................236
color cameras....................................236
configuration register .........................280
gray bar ...........................................235
save ................................................280
Test images (advanced register) .................280
TEST_IMAGE ...........................................280
tg .........................................................102
thresholddefect pixel correction .................133, 287
time base ...............................................180
exposure time ...................................180
setting.............................................279
trigger delay ................................92, 176
time base ID ...........................................278
Time base (advanced register)....................277
time base (Register).................................277
time response .........................................183
TIMEBASE........................................269, 277
TimeBase (Field) .....................................274
TPAIEEE 1394b ........................................ 84
TPA(R)IEEE 1394b ........................................ 84
TPA+ ...................................................... 84
TPBIEEE-1394b........................................ 84
TPB(R)IEEE 1394b ........................................ 84
TPB+ ...................................................... 84
IEEE 1394b ........................................ 84transaction code (tCode)...........................102
triggerbulk .........................................172, 173
control image capture.........................172
delay ........................................... 92, 99
edge................................................. 93
external ...........................................172
hardware.....................................93, 177
impulse............................................182
IntEna .............................................. 98
internal ...........................................172
latency time......................................186
microcontroller .................................183
one-shot ..........................................182
sequence mode..................................188
signal ............................................... 90
software...........................................185

synchronize ......................................186
trigger counter .......................................306
trigger counter (advanced register) ............306
trigger counter (SIS)......................... 197, 302
trigger delay...........................................176
advanced CSR...............................93, 177
advanced register .........................93, 177
off ................................................... 93
on.................................................... 93
Trigger Delay CSR ..................................... 93
trigger delay CSR .....................................177
Trigger delay inquiry register .....................176
trigger delay inquiry register ...................... 92
Trigger delay (advanced register) ...............294
trigger function ......................................174
trigger input
read raw data ....................................259
trigger modi ...........................................172
trigger overrun .......................................198
trigger source 0
inquiry.............................................259
triggers .................................................. 90
input ................................................ 90
TRIGGER_DELAY .................................93, 177
TRIGGER_DELAY_INQUIRY ....................92, 176
TRIGGER_MODE .......................................174
Trigger_Mode .........................................174
Trigger_Mode_0 (edge mode) ...............94, 172
Trigger_Mode_1 (level mode) ....................172
Trigger_Mode_15 (bulk trigger) .......... 172, 173
Trigger_Mode_15 (programmable mode) .....172
Trigger_Polarity ......................................174
Trigger_Source .......................................174
Trigger_Source0_Inq ...............................259
Trigger_Value .........................................174
tripod adapter ......................................... 65
tripod dimensions .................................... 66
types
Stingray cameras ................................ 28

U
UNIT_POSITION_INQ ................................217
UNIT_SIZE_INQ .......................................217
Update timing modes (advanced register) ....299
user profile
stored settings ..................................311
user profiles ...........................................309
error code ........................................310

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

325

IndexIndex
Index

User profiles (advanced register) ................309
user sets ................................................309
user value ..............................................197
U/B_Value (Field)....................................110
U/V slider range ......................................111

V
VCC
IEEE 1394b ........................................ 84
Vendor Unique Color_Coding .....................154
Vendor unique Features ............................255
vertical binning.......................................137
SNR .................................................138
vertical sub-sampling (b/w)
drawing ...........................................144
vertical sub-sampling (color)drawing ...........................................144
VG (GND)IEEE 1394b ........................................ 84
video data format
IIDC V1.31 ........................................103
Video data payload ..................................102
video format
available bandwidth ...........................220
frame rate ........................................220
video formats .........................................199
video Format_7
AOI .................................................217
video information ....................................102
video mode
CUR-V-MODE .....................................261
Format_7 .........................................266
inquiry register..................................245
sample C code ...................................239
video mode 0 ..........................................223
video mode 2 ..........................................223
VMode_ERROR_STATUS .............................. 89
VP
IEEE 1394b ........................................ 84
VP (Power, VCC)IEEE 1394b ........................................ 84
V/R_Value (Field) ....................................110

WaitingForTrigger signal ............................ 94
white balance
auto ................................................112
AUTOFNC_AOI....................................113
conditions ................................. 112, 113
general ............................................109
Hue register......................................163
one-push .................................. 111, 112
register 80Ch ....................................110
six frames.........................................111
WHITE_BALANCE .............................. 110, 112

W
WaitingForTrigger
ID 0x0A............................................. 97
output impulse diagram ....................... 98

Stingray Technical Manual V.4.5.0

326